Volume 7 Tab 3

Control Relays and Timers

easyRelay Programmable Relays

D1 Series General Purpose Relay

D96 Series Solid-State Relay

Universal TR Series Timing Relay

Safety Relay

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

3.10

3.11

Relay Products

Control Relays and Timers Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XR

Series Terminal Block Relays

Standard, OptoCoupler and High Current

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Programmable Relays

easy500, easy700, easy800, easy802/806 Relays and

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

General Purpose Relays—D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D7, D8 and D9 Series

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Purpose Open Style Relays

9575H Series 3000 Relay

9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Solid-State Relays

D93, D96 and D99 Series

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine Tool Relays

D15, BF/BFD, AR/ARD and D26 Series

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Timing Relays

Universal TR, TR and TMR Series

Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternating Relays

D85 Series

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety Relays

ESR5 Series

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easySafety

ES4P Series

Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V7-T3-2

V7-T3-3

V7-T3-19

V7-T3-49

V7-T3-122

V7-T3-126

V7-T3-145

V7-T3-171

V7-T3-192

V7-T3-197

V7-T3-203

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-1

3.1

Relay Products

Control Relays and Timers

Relay Product Overview

Contents

Description

Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Programmable Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Purpose Plug-In Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

General Purpose Type AA Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Solid-State Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Machine Tool Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Timing Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Alternating Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-3

V7-T3-19

V7-T3-49

V7-T3-122

V7-T3-126

V7-T3-145

V7-T3-171

V7-T3-192

V7-T3-197

Control Relays and Timers Comparison

Selection Guide by Catalog Number Prefix

Relays

D4PR

D5PF

D5PR

D7PF

D7PR

D8PR

D9PR

D15

D26

D85

9575H3

AR/ARD

BF/BFD

D2PF

D2PR

D3PF

D3PR

D1PF

D1PR easyRelay

TMR5

TMR6

TR

Universal TR

XR

Type

General purpose

Machine tool

Machine tool

Full featured plug-in

Standard plug-in

Full featured plug-in

Standard plug-in

Standard plug-in

Full featured plug-in

Standard plug-in

Full featured plug-in

Standard plug-in

Standard plug-in

Standard plug-in

Machine tool

Machine tool

Alternating relays

Full featured plug-in

Standard plug-in

Programmable relay

Timing relay (non-programmable)

Timing relay (non-programmable)

Timing relay (programmable)

Timing relay (programmable)

Terminal block relay

Mounting

Panel mount

Panel mount

Panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount / flange

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount / PC board

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount / flange

DIN rail / panel mount / flange

Panel mounting

DIN rail / panel mount

Panel or channel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail / panel mount

DIN rail

DIN rail

Contacts

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Convertible

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Fixed

Convertible

Fixed

Maximum

Amperage

(AC)

20A

30A

25A

10A

10A

10A

10A

16A

16A

20A

40A

10A

10A

10A

10A

16A

16A

20A

20A

8A

10A

10A

10A

8A

6A, 10A

CSA

CE

UL

Page

Number

V7-T3-123

V7-T3-158

V7-T3-152

V7-T3-60

V7-T3-60

V7-T3-70

V7-T3-70

V7-T3-79

V7-T3-84

V7-T3-84

V7-T3-93

V7-T3-94

V7-T3-107

V7-T3-113

V7-T3-147

V7-T3-163

V7-T3-193

V7-T3-54

V7-T3-54

V7-T3-23

V7-T3-184

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-181

V7-T3-177

V7-T3-5

Terminal Block Relays

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

3.2

Contents

Description

Terminal Block Relays

Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . .

High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . .

XR

Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-4

V7-T3-12

V7-T3-15

V7-T3-18

Catalog Number Selection

XR

Series—Overview

Description

XR

=

XR

terminal block relay

Connection Type

U

= Screw

P

= Spring

R

= Replacement relay

Poles

1

= 1PDT

2

= 2PDT

XR U 1 D 12 G

Type

D

= Standard relay

S

= Octocoupler (solid-state)

H

= High current

Gold-Flashed Contacts

Blank

= No

G

= Yes

Voltage

12

= 12 Vdc

24

= 24 Vdc

24U

= 24 Vac/Vdc

120U

= 120 Vac/110 Vdc

230U

= 230 Vac/220 Vdc

3.2

Standard Terminal Block Relay

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Contents

Description

Standard Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . .

High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . .

XR

Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-5

V7-T3-6

V7-T3-11

V7-T3-11

V7-T3-12

V7-T3-15

V7-T3-18

Standard Terminal Block Relays

Product Description

The

XR

Series Terminal

Block Relays are ideal for applications that require a high switching capacity and long electrical service life.

The relays are plug-in interfaces that connect to basic terminal blocks. The

XR

Series uses screw or spring-cage technology, as well as offers quick system wiring, superior safety features, clear labeling and a high level of modularity.

Application Description

Used in automation systems, electromechanical relays guarantee a safe connection between process I/O and electronic controls. The following functions are covered by relay coupling elements:

Electrical isolation between the input and output circuits

Independence of the type of switching current (AC and DC)

High short-term overload resistance in the event of short circuits or voltage peaks

Low switching losses

Ease of operation

Features

Pluggable relay allows for field replacement

Functional plug-in bridges

Choice of screw connections or spring-cage connection

LED status indication

DIN rail mount

Only 6.2 mm wide for single-pole versions,

14 mm wide for doublepole

All common input voltages between

12 Vdc to 120 Vac

Gold-plated contacts available

Equipped with a robust, miniature relay:

IP67 protection

Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free contact material

Easy, cost-effective installation and replacement using the engagement lever

Standards and Certifications

● cULus listed

CE

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection

XRU1D 24U

Standard Terminal Block Relays

Gold-Plated

Contacts

Rated

Current

Supply

Voltage

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

1PDT Screw Connection

No

No

Yes

No

No

6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

Yes

No

6A

6A

1PDT Spring Cage Connection

24 Vac/Vdc

230 Vac/220 Vdc

6A

6A

6A

6A

No 6A

DPDT Screw Connection

No 6A

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

230 Vac/220 Vdc

6A

6A

6A

6A

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

230 Vac/220 Vdc

Standard

Pack

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Standard Replacement Relays

Gold-Plated

Contacts

Rated

Current

Supply

Voltage

1

1PDT

No

No

Yes

No

No

No

No

Yes

DPDT

No 6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

6A

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

230 Vac/220 Vdc

Standard

Pack

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Catalog

Number

XRR1D12

XRR1D120U

XRR1D120UG

XRR1D24

XRR1D24G

XRR2D12

XRR2D120U

XRR2D24

XRR2D230U

Note

1

Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.

Catalog

Number

XRU1D12

XRU1D120U

XRU1D120UG

XRU1D24

XRU1D24U

XRU1D24UG

XRU1D230U

XRP1D12

XRP1D120U

XRP1D24

XRP1D24U

XRP1D230U

XRU2D12

XRU2D120U

XRU2D24

XRU2D24U

XRU2D230U

3.2

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

Standard 1PDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRU1D12

XRR1D12

XRU1D24

XRR1D24

Input voltage

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

12 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

Input Data for 1PDT Screw Connection Versions

Input voltage 12 Vdc

Permissible range

Typical input current

Typical response time

Typical release time

Input protection

See

Page V7-T3-10

15.3 mA

5 ms

8 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Output Data

Contact type

Contact material

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Min. switching current

Min. switching power

Miscellaneous Data

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

1

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

24 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

9 mA

5 ms

8 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc 1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

XRU1D24U

XRR1D24

24 Vac/Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vac/Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc)

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc 1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Note

1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

XRU1D120U

XRR1D120U

120 Vac/110 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc 1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Standard 1PDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays with Gold Contacts

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRU1D24UG

XRR1D24G

XRU1D120UG

XRR1D120UG

120 Vac/110 Vdc Input voltage

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

24 Vac/Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

Input Data for 1PDT Screw Connection Versions with Gold Contacts

Input voltage 24 Vac/Vdc

Permissible range

Typical input current

See

Page V7-T3-10

11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc)

Typical response time

Typical release time

Input protection

Output Data

Contact type

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

Contact material

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Min. switching current

Min. switching power

Miscellaneous Data

1PDT

AgSnO, gold plated

1

30 Vac/36 Vdc (250 Vac/Vdc) 2

100 mV (12 Vac/Vdc) 2

50 mA (6A)

2

1 mA (10 mA)

2

100 mW (120 mW)

2

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

1PDT

AgSnO, gold plated

1

30 Vac/36 Vdc (250 Vac/Vdc) 2

100 mV (12 Vac/Vdc) 2

50 mA (6A)

2

1 mA (10 mA)

2

100 mW (120 mW)

2

–40° to 131°F (–20° to 55°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Notes

1

2

The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

If the maximum values are exceeded, the gold layer is destroyed and the values in parentheses apply.

3.2

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Standard 1PDT Spring Cage Terminal Block Relays

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRP1D12

XRR1D12

XRP1D24

XRR1D24

Input voltage 12 Vdc

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions

Input voltage

Permissible range

Typical input current

Typical response time

Typical release time

Input protection

12 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

15.3 mA

5 ms

8 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Output Data

Contact type

Contact material

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Min. switching current

Min. switching power

Miscellaneous Data

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc

1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

24 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

9 mA

5 ms

8 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc

1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

XRP1D24U

XRR1D24

24 Vac/Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vac/Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

11 mA (24 Vac)/8.5 mA (24 Vdc)

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc

1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Note

1

The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

XRP1D120U

XRR1D120U

120 Vac/110 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

3.5 mA (120 Vac)/3 mA (110 Vdc)

6 ms

15 ms

Bridge rectifier

1PDT

AgSnO

250 Vac/Vdc

1

12 Vac/Vdc

6A

10 mA

120 mW

–4° to 131°F (–20° to 55°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

3.2

Standard DPDT Screw Connection Terminal Block Relays

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRU2D12

XRR2D12

XRU2D24

XRR2D24

24 Vdc Input voltage

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

12 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions

Input voltage 12 Vdc

Permissible range

Typical input current

See

Page V7-T3-10

33 mA

Typical response time

Typical release time

Input protection

8 ms

10 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Output Data

Contact type

Contact material

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Max. inrush current

2PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

1

5V

6A

15A (300 ms)

10 mA

50 mW

Min. switching current

Min. switching power

General Data

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

18 mA

8 ms

10 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Single contact, 2PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

1

5V

6A

15A (300 ms)

10 mA

50 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

XRU2D24U

XRR2D24

24 Vac/Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vac/Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

17.5 mA

8 ms

10 ms

Bridge rectifier

Single contact, 2PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

1

5V

6A

15A (300 ms)

10 mA

50 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

Note

1 The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

XRU2D120U

XRR2D120U

120 Vac/110 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

4.5 mA (120 Vac)/4.2 mA (110 Vdc)

7 ms

10 ms

Bridge rectifier

Single contact, 2PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

1

5V

6A

15A (300 ms)

10 mA

50 mW

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Permissible Range Diagrams

1PDT Relay Modules

Operating Range Voltage for 12 Vdc

1.4

1.3

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

0.9

A

U

N

= 12 Vdc

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 120 Vac/110 Vdc

1.4

1.3

A

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

U

N

= 110 Vdc/120 Vac

0.9

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

DPDT Relay Modules

Operating Range Voltage for 12 Vdc

1.4

1.3

A

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

U

N

= 12 Vdc

0.9

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 120 Vac/110 Vdc

1.4

1.3

A

1.2

U

N

= 120 Vac

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

U

N

= 110 Vdc

0.9

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vdc

1.4

1.3

A

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

U

N

= 24 Vdc

0.9

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vac/Vdc

1.4

1.3

A

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

U

N

= 24 Vdc/24 Vac

0.9

0.8

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vdc

1.4

1.3

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

0.9

A

U

N

= 24 Vdc

0.8

0.7

B

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Operating Range Voltage for 24 Vac/Vdc

1.4

1.3

1.2

U

U

N

1.1

1.0

0.9

0.8

U

N

A

= 24 Vdc/24 Vac

B

0.7

20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65

T

N

[°C]

Notes

General Conditions

— Direct alignment in the block, all devices 100% operating factor, horizontal or vertical mounting.

Curve A

— Maximum permissible continuous operating voltage U max

with limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective technical data).

Curve B

— Minimum permissible relay operate voltage U op

after pre-excitation

1

) (see respective technical data).

1

Pre-excitation: Relay has been operated in a thermally steady state at the ambient temperature T

U

with nominal voltage U

N technical data) (warm coil). After being switched off for a short time, the relay must reliably pick up again at U op

.

and limiting continuous current on the contact side (see respective

Electrical Schematics

1PDT Terminal Block Relays

A2

A1

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Standard 1PDT Terminal Block Relays

11

14

12

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

3.2

DPDT Terminal Block Relays

21

24

22

A2

A1

11

14

12

Standard DPDT Terminal Block Relays

3.70 (94.0)

3.15 (80.0)

0.24 (6.2)

3.70 (94.0)

3.15 (80.0)

0.55 (14.0)

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relay

Contents

Description

Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High Current Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . .

XR

Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-4

V7-T3-13

V7-T3-13

V7-T3-14

V7-T3-14

V7-T3-15

V7-T3-18

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays

Product Description

The

XR

Series OptoCoupler

Terminal Block Relays can be used in all applications and consist of a pluggable miniature OptoCoupler and a basic terminal block. The

XR

Series uses screw or springcage technology, as well as offers quick system wiring, superior safety features, clear labeling and a high level of modularity.

Application Description

The

XR

Series OptoCoupler relays can be used as an input or output interface. They provide the typical reliability of OptoCouplers and are especially suited for high operating frequencies.

Features

Pluggable relay allows for field replacement

Functional plug-in bridges

LED status indication

DIN rail mount

Only 6.2 mm wide

Switching capacity up to 24

Vdc/3A

IP67-protected optical electronics

Wear-resistant and bouncefree switching

Insensitive to shock and vibration

Integrated protection circuit

Zero voltage switch at AC output

Standards and Certifications

● cULus listed

CE

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection

XRU1S24

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays

Rated Current

2A

2A

Supply Voltage

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

Standard Pack

10

10

OptoCoupler Replacement Relays

Rated Current

2A

2A

Supply Voltage

1

24 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

Standard Pack

18

10

Catalog

Number

XRU1S120U

XRU1S24

Catalog

Number

XRR1S24

XRR1S120U

Technical Data and Specifications

Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State) Terminal Block Relays

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRU1S24

XRR1S24

XRU1S120U

XRR1S120U

24 Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc Input voltage

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

Input Data

Input voltage

Permissible range

Typical input current

Switching level 1 signal (“H”)

Switching level 0 signal (“L”)

Typical switch-on time

Typical turn-off time

Input protection

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vdc

0.8–1.2

9 mA

>0.8

<0.4

20 μS

500 μS

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

0.8 –1.1

4 mA

>0.8

<0.25

6 ms

10 ms

Bridge rectifier

Output Data

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Max. inrush current

Output circuit

Output protection

Voltage drop at maximum limiting continuous current

General Data

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

33 Vdc

3 Vdc

3A (See derating curve)

15A (10 ms)

2-conductor floating

Polarity protection, surge protection

< 200 mV

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

33 Vdc

3 Vdc

3A (See derating curve)

15A (10 ms)

2-conductor floating

Polarity protection, surge protection

< 200 mV

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

2 x 10

7

cycles

Note

1

Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.

3.2

A2

A1

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Derating Curve

OptoCoupler

3

2

1

0

0 10 20 30 40 50 60

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Electrical Schematic

Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State)

Terminal Block Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Pluggable Power OptoCoupler (Solid-State)

Terminal Block Relays

3.70 (94.0)

3.15 (80.0)

13+

14

0.24 (6.2)

High Current Terminal Block Relay

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

3.2

Contents

Description

Standard Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

OptoCoupler Terminal Block Relays . . . . . . . . . . . .

High Current Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Electrical Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

XR

Series Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-4

V7-T3-12

V7-T3-16

V7-T3-16

V7-T3-17

V7-T3-17

V7-T3-18

High Current Terminal Block Relays

Product Description

The

XR

Series Relays include products designed to meet high continuous current and/ or long electrical service life applications. The

XR

Series

Relays are plug-in interfaces that connect to basic terminal blocks that use screw connection technology.

Overall width is 14 mm.

Application Description

These relays are best suited for applications that require higher continuous load currents than miniature relays can carry and switch.

They can withstand inrush currents or brief overloads without damage, and allow for continuous load currents of up to 10A. The

XR

Series

Relay boasts an average service life of the contacts that is two or three times the normal life of a less powerful relay, resulting in service cost savings.

Features

14 mm wide

Pluggable relay allows for field replacement

Convenient plug-in bridge system

LED status indication

DIN Rail Mount

IP67-protected optical electronics

Wear-resistant and bouncefree switching

Insensitive to shock and vibration

Integrated protection circuit

Zero voltage switch at AC output

Environmentally friendly, cadmium-free contact material

Electrical isolation between input and output

Standards and Certifications

● cULus listed

CE

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

Product Selection

XRU1H24

High Current Terminal Block Relays

Rated Current

10A

10A

10A

10A

Supply Voltage

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

Standard Pack

10

10

10

10

High Current Replacement Relays

Rated Current

10A

10A

10A

10A

Supply Voltage

1

24 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

12 Vdc

120 Vac/110 Vdc

Standard Pack

10

10

10

10

Catalog

Number

XRU1H12

XRU1H120U

XRU1H24

XRU1H24U

Catalog

Number

XRR1H24

XRR1H24U

XRR1H12

XRR1H120U

Technical Data and Specifications

High Current Terminal Block Relays (1PDT)

Catalog Number

Replacement Relay

XRU1H12

XRR1H12

Input voltage

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

12 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

Input Data for 1PDT Spring Cage Versions

Input voltage 12 Vdc

Permissible range

Typical input current

Typical response time

Typical release time

Input protection

See

8 ms

Page V7-T3-10

33 mA

10 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Output Data

Contact type

Contact material

Max. switching voltage

Min. switching voltage

Limiting continuous current

Max. inrush current

Min. switching current

Single contact, 1PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

2

12 Vac/Vdc

10A

3

30A (300 ms)

100 mA

1.2W

Min. switching power

Miscellaneous Data

Ambient temp range

Rated operating mode

Inflammability class

Mechanical service life

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

XRU1H24

XRR1H24

24 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

18 mA

8 ms

10 ms

Polarity protection diode, free-wheeling diode

Single contact, 1PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

2

12 Vac/Vdc

10A

3

30A (300 ms)

100 mA

1.2W

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

XRU1H24U

XRR1H24U

24 Vac/Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

24 Vac/Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

17.5 mA

8 ms

10 ms

Bridge rectifier

Single contact, 1PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

2

12 Vac/Vdc

10A

3

30A (300 ms)

100 mA

1.2W

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

XRU1H120U

XRR1H120U

120 Vac/110 Vdc

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

26–14 (0.14–2.5)

120 Vac/110 Vdc

See

Page V7-T3-10

4.5 mA (120 Vac)/4.2 mA (110 Vdc)

7 ms

10 ms

Bridge rectifier

Single contact, 1PDT

AgNi

250 Vac/Vdc

2

12 Vac/Vdc

10A

3

30A (300 ms)

100 mA

1.2W

–4° to 140°F (–20° to 60°C)

100% operating factor

V0, in accordance with UL 94

3 x 10

7

cycles

Notes

1

2

3

Voltage is the rating at the base. It may not match the voltage on the specific replacement relay.

The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules.

Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

The current rating for the normally open contact (#14) is 10A. The current rating for the normally closed contact (#12) is 6A and can be increased to 10A by bridging the two #12 contact connections.

Electrical Schematic

High Current Terminal Block Relays

A2

A1

11

14

12

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

High Current Terminal Block Relays

3.70 (94.0)

3.15 (80.0)

0.55 (14.0)

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

3.2

3.2

Control Relays and Timers

Terminal Block Relays

XR Series Accessories

Product Description

Power Terminal Block Bridges

The XRAPLCESK power terminal block has the same shape as the relay modules and is used to feed in the bridging potentials. The nominal current is 32A. When the total current is less than or equal to 6A, supply can take place directly at the connecting terminal blocks of one of the connected relays.

End Cover

The XRAFBST colored, insulated plug-in bridge system reduces wiring time by up to 70% compared to conventionally wired relays. The XRAFBST2,

2-position bridges, are suited for bridging a smaller number of relays and total currents <6A. When a circuit is supplied from both sides, the circuit can be opened at any point, allowing all other modules to continue being supplied at the same time.

The XRAFBST500 allow up to 80 modules to be bridged at one time. If bridges with different potentials meet in neighboring modules, the end cover XRAATPBK should be used. All bridges are equipped with a groove for removal with a standard screwdriver.

The XRAATPBK end cover is required at the start and stop of a relay strip. It can also be used for visual separation of groups of relays as well as separating relays with voltages greater than 250V and separating neighboring bridges with different potentials. It is equipped with pre-scored break out points at the bridging positions so that individual bridges can be passed through as needed.

It may also be necessary to use the end cover between adjacent relays when three phases (L1, L2, L3) are used on the contact side of the relay.

Product Selection

XR Series Accessories

Color

Standard

Pack

2-Position Snap-In Jumper

Red 10

Blue 10

Gray 10

80-Position Snap-In Jumper

Red

Blue

Gray

Power Terminal Block

Gray

End Cover

Black

5

5

5

5

5

Catalog

Number

XRAFBST2RD

XRAFBST2BU

XRAFBST2GY

XRAFBST500RD

XRAFBST500BU

XRAFBST500GY

XRAPLCESK

XRAATPBK

Technical Data and Specifications

Power Terminal Block

Description

Connection Data

Rigid solid AWG (mm

2

)

Flexible stranded AWG (mm

2

)

Miscellaneous Data

Max. current

Max. voltage

Specification

24–10 (0.2–4)

24–10 (0.2–4)

32A

250 Vac

1

Note

1

The separating plate, XRAPLCESK, should be installed for voltages greater than 250V

(L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal points of adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then possible with the XRAFBST bridge system.

Programmable Relays

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Contents

Description

Programmable Relays easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-20

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-30

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-43

Product Overview

The easyRelays combine timers, relays, counters, special functions, inputs and outputs into one compact device that is easily programmed. The easyRelay family of products provides an exceptional level of flexibility together with a substantial savings of commissioning time and effort.

The easyRelays are available in more than 35 styles that support from 12 I/O up to a network of up to 320 I/O points, providing the ideal solution for lighting, energy management, industrial control, irrigation, pump control, HVAC and home automation.

Once easyRelays are installed, changes are easily accomplished through front panel programming, eliminating the need to change wiring and minimizing downtime.

The easy802/806 relays are even more powerful than the easy800 series and include an integrated

SmartWire-DT gateway.

Conventional hardwiring to pushbuttons, selector switches, pilot devices and contactors can now be eliminated, allowing for a dramatic increase in panel wiring productivity. For more information on SmartWire-DT and how it can increase productivity, go to

www.eaton.com/smartwiredt.

Application Description

The easyRelays excel in traditional applications where multiple relays, timers and pushbuttons are used.

Applications span residential, commercial and industrial installations.

Typical control applications are:

Lighting controls

Duplex pump controls

Water fountain controls

Parking garage access controls

Refrigeration control system

Greenhouse temperature and ventilation controls

Booster pump controls

See publication no.

AP05013001E

for the easyRelay application guide.

Download from www.eaton.com/easyrelays.

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays

Contents

Description

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-21

V7-T3-23

V7-T3-24

V7-T3-25

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-30

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-43 easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays

Product Description

Three families make up the easyRelay programmable relay product line. All models are available with and without displays. DIN rail mounted.

easy500

—for controlling small applications with up to 12 input/output signals.

Connectable to Ethernet.

Standards

CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987

CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987

EN 55011

EN 50178

EN 61131-2

IEC EN 61000-4

IEC 60068-2-6

IEC 60068-2-27

UL 508

easy700

—for controlling medium-sized applications with 20 I/O points (expandable to 40 I/O points). Connectable to Ethernet and bus systems.

easy800

—for controlling large-scale applications with 20 points, expandable to 40 points locally, and expandable using the easyNet network up to

320 I/O points. Connectable to Ethernet and bus systems.

Certifications

UL

CSA

CE

CSA Class I, Div. 2,

Groups A, B, C, D;

Temp. Code T3C

C-Tick

GOST-R

Ukrain-GOST

The easyNet integrated network provides easy and inexpensive linking of up to eight easy800 devices over a distance of up to

1000 meters. Each easy800 device can run its own program, or be used as a distributed input/output module. Connect up to eight controllers with up to 40 I/O to obtain 320 I/O.

Shipping Approvals

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping

Catalog Number Selection easy500/700/800

EASY512 - AC - R C

Module Type

EASY5xx

= 500 Series

EASY7xx

= 700 Series

EASY8xx

= 800 Series

Digital Inputs

AB

= 24 Vac

AC

= 110–240 Vac

DA

= 12 Vdc

DC

= 24 Vdc

Display

Blank

= Display

X

= No display

Clock

C

= Clock

Blank

= No clock

Digital Outputs

R

= Relay

T

= Transistor

Note:

Not all combinations are possible. See selection tables.

System Overview easy500/700 Programmable Relays

1

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

3

4

2

5

6

7

8

Item

1

2

5

6

7

3

4

8

9

10, 11

12

Description

easy500 basic devices, standalone easy700 basic devices, expandable: digital inputs/outputs, bus systems

MFD-Titan remote text display

Ethernet gateway

PROFIBUS-DP bus module

AS-Interface bus module

CANopen bus module

DeviceNet bus module

Output expansion

I/O expansions

Coupling module for the remote connection of a digital input/output expansion

9

10

11

10

12

11

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

easy800 Programmable Relay

1

2

3

13

4

5

6

7

4

5

2

3

6

7

8

9, 10

11

12

13

Item

1

Description

easy800 basic devices, expandable: digital inputs/outputs and bus systems, easyNet onboard

MFD-Titan remote text display

Ethernet gateway

PROFIBUS-DP bus module

AS-Interface bus module

CANopen bus module

DeviceNet bus module

Output expansion

I/O expansions

Coupling module for the remote connection of a digital input/output expansion

I/O expansion

MFD-Titan multi-function display

8

9, 12

10

12

11

10

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Product Selection easy500—Display easy500—No Display easy500 Programmable Relays (Standalone)

Description

Inputs

24 Vac 110–240 Vac 12 Vdc

Display

12 I/O, no clock

12 I/O, clock

8

8

8

8

No Display

12 I/O, clock 8

8

8

24 Vdc

8

8

8

8

8

easy700—Display easy700—No Display easy700 Programmable Relays (Expandable and Networkable)

Description

Inputs

24 Vac 110–240 Vac 12 Vdc 24 Vdc Analog

1

Display

18 I/O, clock 12

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4 20 I/O, clock

No Display

18 I/O, clock

20 I/O, clock

12

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4

Analog

1

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

Outputs

Relay

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Transistor

4

4

Outputs

Relay

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

6

Transistor

8

8

easy800—Display easy800—No Display easy800 Programmable Relays (Expandable and Networkable)

Description

Inputs

110–240 Vac 24 Vdc Analog

1

Outputs

Relay Transistor

Display

18 I/O, clock

19 I/O, clock

20 I/O, clock

21 I/O, clock

No Display

18 I/O, clock

12

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4

6

6

6

8

8

19 I/O, clock

20 I/O, clock

21 I/O, clock

12

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4

6

6

6

8

8

Note

1

Analog inputs optional. Use of analog inputs will result in a decrease in the same number of available digital inputs.

Analog

1

1

1

1

Catalog

Number

EASY512-AC-R

EASY512-DC-R

EASY512-AB-RC

EASY512-AC-RC

EASY512-DA-RC

EASY512-DC-RC

EASY512-DC-TC

EASY512-AB-RCX

EASY512-AC-RCX

EASY512-DA-RCX

EASY512-DC-RCX

EASY512-DC-TCX

Catalog

Number

EASY719-AB-RC

EASY719-AC-RC

EASY719-DA-RC

EASY719-DC-RC

EASY721-DC-TC

EASY719-AB-RCX

EASY719-AC-RCX

EASY719-DA-RCX

EASY719-DC-RCX

EASY721-DC-TCX

Catalog

Number

EASY819-AC-RC

EASY819-DC-RC

EASY820-DC-RC

EASY821-DC-TC

EASY822-DC-TC

EASY819-AC-RCX

EASY819-DC-RCX

EASY820-DC-RCX

EASY821-DC-TCX

EASY822-DC-TCX

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Technical Data and Specifications easy500 Series

Type

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Continuous current outputs 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7

Mounting

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Hazardous location

EASY512-AB… EASY512-AC… EASY512-DA…

24 Vac

5 VA

8A

Line protection B16, 600 A

100–240 Vac

5 VA

8A

12 Vdc

2W

8A

Line protection B16, 900 A

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

EASY512-DC-R…

24 Vdc

2W

8A

EASY512-DC-TC.

24 Vdc

2W

0.5A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20 IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

0.2–2.5 mm

2

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

(AWG 22–12)

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

0.2–2.5 mm

2

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

(AWG 22–12)

(AWG 22–12)

easy700 Series

Type

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Continuous current outputs

1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7

Mounting

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Hazardous location

EASY719-AB… EASY719-AC… EASY719-DA…

24 Vac

7 VA

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

100–240 Vac

10 VA

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

12 Vdc

3.5W

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

Line protection B16, 900A Line protection B16, 900A Line protection B16, 900A

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

EASY719-DC-RC…

24 Vdc

3.5W

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

Line protection B16, 900A

EASY721-DC-TC.

24 Vdc

3.5W

0.5A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20 IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

0.2–2.5 mm

2

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

(AWG 22–12)

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

easy800 Series

Type

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Continuous current outputs

1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with power factor 0.7…0.7

Mounting

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Hazardous location

EASY819-AC… EASY819-DC-RC… EASY820-DC-RC…

100–240 Vac

10 VA

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

24 Vdc

3.4W

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

24 Vdc

3.4W

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

Line protection B16, 900A Line protection B16, 900A Line protection B16, 900A

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20 IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

0.2–2.5 mm

2

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

(AWG 22–12)

(AWG 22–12)

EASY821-DC-TC…

24 Vdc

3.4W

8A

Line protection B16, 600A

Line protection B16, 900A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Note

1 Relay = 8A (10A to UL) with resistive load, 3A with inductive load. Transistor outputs = 0.5A/24 Vdc, maximum four outputs switchable in parallel.

EASY822-DC-TC.

24 Vdc

3.4W

0.5A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

easy500 Series, Drawing Number MD05013001E

0.42 (10.8)

easy500

1.97 (50.0)

1.77

(45.0)

0.18 (4.5)

(M4) 0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

1.87 (47.5)

2.22 (56.5)

2.28 (58.0)

easy700 Series, Drawing Number MD05013002E

0.64 (16.3)

easy700

1.41

(35.8)

2.81 (71.5)

2.96 (75.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.64 (16.3)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18 (4.5)

(M4) 0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

1.87 (47.5)

2.22 (56.5)

2.28 (58.0)

easy800 Series, Drawing Number MD05013003E

0.64 (16.3)

easy800

4.23 (107.5)

2.96 (75.0) 0.64 (16.3)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18 (4.5)

1.91 (48.5)

2.78 (70.5)

2.83 (72.0)

(M4)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

4.23 (107.5)

3.3

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT

Contents

Description Page

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT

V7-T3-20

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V7-T3-27

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . .

V7-T3-27

V7-T3-28

V7-T3-29

V7-T3-30

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-43 easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT

Product Description

SmartWire-DT is a highperformance system that can be used to quickly and easily connect motor control components such as relays, contactors, pilot devices, manual motor protectors, soft starters

1

and variable frequency drives

1

as well as digital and analog input/ output modules. On the new easy800 with integrated

SmartWire-DT master, up to

99 SmartWire-DT devices in total with up to 166 inputs/ outputs can be connected via the SmartWire-DT line.

All required supply voltages, including those for bus devices as well as 24 Vdc for the contactors, are provided directly with the flat eightpole SmartWire-DT bus line.

This reduces wiring effort and troubleshooting and saves time and costs.

The easy802 features a POW power feeder for regulating power to the device as well as the SmartWire-DT devices.

A second AUX power feeder provides the connected contactors with 24 Vdc. A separate 24 Vdc power supply is required to provide

24 Vdc power to the easy802 or easy806 controllers. The configuration of the

SmartWire-DT devices is undertaken at a touch of the provided Configuration button. LEDs provide feedback on the connecting states on the device and the SmartWire-DT line. The serial interface serves for programming as well as for connection of a remote text display, touch panel or for connection to the Ethernet.

In addition to the functionality of the easy802, the easy806 also features four fast inputs

(5 kHz). Two of the four inputs can also be configured as fast outputs (5 kHz)

(transistor 24 Vdc, 0.1A).

In addition to the additional inputs/outputs on easy806, there is a connection option to the easyNet. Up to eight

EASY806-DC-SWD controllers can be connected via easyNet, allowing up to

1360 inputs/outputs.

For more information on

SmartWire-DT and related components, see

Tab 9

of this volume or go to www.eaton.com/smartwiredt.

Standards

EN 50178

IEC/EN 60947

UL 508

Certifications

● cULus

CE

C-Tick

Note

1

Soft starters and variable frequency drives will be available with direct

SmartWire-DT connectivity in late 2013.

Product Selection

Control relay for connection of SmartWire-DT and simultaneously for supply of power to the SmartWire-DT devices, such as switchgear and contactors.

EASY802-DC-SWD easy800 with SmartWire-DT

Supply

Voltage Description Catalog Number

24 Vdc Control relay with

SmartWire-DT

EASY802-DC-SWD

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

EASY806-DC-SWD

24 Vdc Control relay with

SmartWire-DT, four inputs, two of which can be used as outputs (transistor 24 Vdc,

0.1A), easyNet onboard

EASY806-DC-SWD

Remote Displays

Both the easy802 and easy806 controllers can be connected to a MFD remote display or a XV touch panel display with Galileo.

Accessories

MFD-80

Accessories—easy800

Description

MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated

Catalog Number

MFD-80

MFD-CP4

24 Vdc power / communication module easy802/806 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 1.5m

easy802/806 to XV HMI communication cable, 2m

MFD-CP4

EU4A-RJ45-CAB2

EU4A-RJ45-CAB1

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Technical Data and Specifications easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT

Description Unit

Ambient Climatic Conditions

Cold to IEC 60068-2-1, heat to IEC 60068-2-2, damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; cyclical to IEC 60068-2-30; temperature change to IEC 68000-2-14

Operating ambient temperature

Condensation

LCD display (reliable legible)

Storage

Relative humidity, noncondensing (IEC EN 60068-2-30)

Air pressure (in operation)

Ambient Mechanical Conditions

°C (°F)

°C (°F)

°C (°F)

% hPa

Protection type EN 50178, IEC 60529, VBG4

Vibrations (IEC EN 60068-2-6)

Constant amplitude: easy800-SWD; 3.5 mm

Constant acceleration: easy800-SWD: 1g

Mechanical shock resistance (IEC EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal 15g / 11 ms

Drop (IEC EN 60068-2-31)

Free fall, packaged (IEC EN 60068-2-32)

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Shocks

Drop height

Hz

Hz mm m

Electrostatic discharge (ESD), to IEC EN 61000-4-2

Air discharge

Contact discharge

Electromagnetic fields (RFI), to IEC EN 61000-4-3

0.8–1.0 GHz

1.4–2.0 GHz

2.0–2.7 GHz

Radio interference suppression

Burst, to IEC EN 61000-4-4

Supply cables

Signal cables easyNet

SWD-line

Power pulses (surge), to IEC EN 61000-4-5 (supply cables, symmetrical)

Radiated RFI, to IEC EN 61000-4-6

Insulation Resistance

Overvoltage category

Pollution degree

Clearance in air and creepage distances

Insulation resistance

Terminal Capacity

Solid, minimum to maximum

Flexible with ferrule, minimum to maximum

DC POW Rated Operational Voltage

Rated value U e

Permissible range

1

Residual ripple

Protection against polarity reversal

Input current

At rated operating voltage

Inrush current and duty factor

Voltage dips (IEC EN 61131-2) kV kV

V/m

V/m

V/m kV kV kV kV kV

V mm mm

Vdc, (%)

Vdc

% mA ms

2

2

Note

1 Use power-feed modules if the cable length of the SWD line causes excessive voltage drop.

Specification

–25° to +55° (–13° to +131°)

Prevent condensation by means of suitable measures

0° to +55° (32° to +131°)

–40° to +70° (–40° to +158°)

5 to 95

795 up to 1080

IP20

8

6

2

2

2

2

1

10

5–8.4

8.4–150

18

50

0.3

10

3

1

EN 55011 Class B

III

2

EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142

EN 50178

0.2 to 1.5 (AWG 24–16)

0.2 to 1.5 (AWG 24–16)

24 DC (–15/+20)

20.4–28.8

< 5

Yes easy802: 500 / easy806: 900

12.5A for 6 ms

10

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT, continued

Description Unit Specification

Heat dissipation

At 24 Vdc

Fuse

Potential isolation (easy800-SWD)

To auxiliary

1

To easyNet

1

To serial interface

To easyLink 1

To inputs

1

To outputs

1

To SWD

1

DC AUX Rated Operational Voltage (easy800-SWD)

Rated value U e

Permissible range U

AUX

Residual ripple

Input current

2

(max.)

Rated operational voltage of the 24 Vdc stations

Protection against polarity reversal

Short-circuit strength

Fuse

Heat dissipation

At 24 Vdc

Potential isolation (easy800-SWD)

To POW power supply, inputs and outputs

To PC interface (COM), easyNet

To SWD

W

A

A

V

Vdc, (%)

Vdc

%

A

W easy802: max. 5 / easy806: max. 6

> 3

No

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

24 (–15/+20)

20.4–28.8

< 5

2 (UL) / 3 (CE)

U

AUX

–0.3V

Yes

No

< 2 (UL) external fuse with FAZ B2

Normally 1

Yes

Yes

Yes

Notes

1

If present.

2

If contactors with a higher total power consumption are connected, an EU5C-SWD-PF1 or EU5C-SWD-PF2 power-feed module must be used.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

easy802 and easy806 Controllers

0.30 (7.5)

4.94 (125.5)

3.3

4.33

(110.0)

4.72

(120.0)

5.12

(130.0)

0.18 (4.5)

4.72 (120.0)

1.38 (35.0)

0.30 (7.5)

3.3

easyRelay Expansion Modules

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Contents

Description

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-20

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-31

V7-T3-31

V7-T3-32

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-43 easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules

Product Description

Expansion modules are available for increasing the input/output of the easy700/

800 and MFD-Titan multifunction displays to 24 inputs and up to 16 outputs.

Expansion modules can be mounted directly to the easy700 or easy800 relays or up to 98 ft (30m) away using coupling module

EASY200-EASY.

Standards

CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987

CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987

EN 55011

EN 50178

EN 61131-2

IEC EN 61000-4

IEC 60068-2-6

IEC 60068-2-27

UL 508

Certifications

UL

CSA

CE

CSA Class I, Div. 2,

Groups A, B, C, D;

Temp. Code T3C

C-Tick

GOST-R

Ukrain-GOST

Shipping Approvals

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Product Selection

EASY618_

Digital I/O Expansion Modules

Can be used via easyLink.

Supply Voltage Digital Inputs

Outputs

Relay 10A (UL) Transistor

100–240 Vac

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

12

12

12

6

6

6

4

8

24 Vdc 6 — 4

24 Vdc — 2 —

For distributed connection of a digital input/output expansion at up to 98 ft (30m) distance

Catalog

Number

EASY618-AC-RE

EASY618-DC-RE

EASY620-DC-TE

EASY410-DC-RE

EASY410-DC-TE

EASY202-RE

EASY200-EASY

EASY406_

Analog I/O Expansion Modules

Can be used via easyLink.

Supply

Voltage

Inputs

Digital/

Analog

Digital Outputs

Can Be Used for Digital Relay 10A (UL) Transistor

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

1/2

1/6

2

2

2

2

1

2

Analog

Outputs

Catalog

Number

EASY406-DC-ME

EASY411-DC-ME

Technical Data and Specifications easyRelay I/O Expansion Modules

Type EASY202-RE

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Continuous current outputs

1

Short-circuit proof with

power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with

power factor 0.7…0.7

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Certification, standards

Mounting

1W

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 900A

EASY618-AC-RE

100 – 240 Vac

10 VA

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 900A

EASY618-DC-RE

24 Vac

4W

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 900A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20 IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

0.2–4.0 mm

2

0.2–2.5 mm

2

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

EN 50178, IEC/EN 60947, UL, CSA

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

(AWG 22–12)

(AWG 22–12)

EASY620-DC-TE

24 Vac

4W

0.5A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 900A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

EASY200-EASY

1W

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

easy600 Series, Drawing Number MD05013002E

0.64 (16.3) 2.96 (75.0)

easy600

0.64 (16.3)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18 (4.5)

1.87 (47.5)

2.22 (56.5)

2.28 (58.0)

(M4)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

4.23 (107.5)

EASY202-RE/EASY200-EASY/EASY205-ASI Series, Drawing Number MD05013012E

0.30

(7.5)

easy200

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18

(4.5)

1.87

(47.5)

2.22

(56.5)

2.28

(58.0)

(M4)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

1.40

(35.5)

0.30

(7.5)

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Contents

Description

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays

System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-20

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-34

V7-T3-35

V7-T3-36

V7-T3-37

V7-T3-38

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-43

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays

Product Description

The MFD-Titan multi-function displays can be used as remote text displays for easy500, easy700, easy800 and easy802/806 relays or can be configured as standalone or networked multi-function displays. As a multi-function display, the

MFD-Titan combines the control functions of an easy800 with a door-mounted graphics display.

MFD-Titan—for controlling small applications that require graphic visualization and for large-scale applications with

20 points, expandable to 40 points locally, and expandable using the easyNet network up to 320 I/O points.

The MFD-Titan display can be linked to the easy500/700/

800 models to provide an enhanced text based operator interface.

MFD-Titan multi-function display is comprised of three parts: display, controller and

I/O modules. Match each piece to the needs of your application. If you need to both monitor and modify parameters within your application, choose the MFD-

80-B display. The preprogrammed and user programmable buttons give you the capability to make small changes to the way your application is running, start or stop a process, or change your program completely.

Select a controller with or without easyNet support, and with AC or DC power. Finally, add the MFD I/O module that best suits your application.

The easyNet integrated network provides easy and inexpensive linking of up to eight MFD-Titan devices over a distance of up to 1000 meters. Each MFD-Titan device can run its program, or be used as a distributed input/output module. Connect up to eight controllers with up to 40 I/O to obtain 320 I/O.

Standards

CSA C22.2 No. 142-M1987

CSA C22.2 No. 213-M1987

EN 55011

EN 50178

EN 61131-2

IEC EN 61000-4

IEC 60068-2-6

IEC 60068-2-27

UL 508

Certifications

UL

CSA

CE

CSA Class I, Div. 2,

Groups A, B, C, D;

Temp. Code T3C

C-Tick

GOST-R

Ukrain-GOST

Shipping Approvals

Bureau Veritas

Det Norske Veritas

Germanischer Lloyd

Lloyd’s Register of Shipping

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

System Overview

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Display

1

2

3

4

5

6

Item

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8, 9, 10

11

Description

MFD-Titan, consisting of: display/operating unit, power supply unit,

CPU module, I/O module

Ethernet gateway

PROFIBUS-DP bus module

AS-Interface bus module

CANopen bus module

DeviceNet bus module

Output expansion

I/O expansions

Coupling module for the remote connection of a digital input/output expansion

7

8, 10

9

10

11

9

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Product Selection

MFD-80-B

MFD-Titan Display/Operator Units

Monochrome display 132 x 64 pixels with switchable backlight and removable front frame.

Description Keypad

Eaton

Logo

Custom

Engraving

Catalog

Number

MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated

MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated

MFD display, NEMA 4X indoor rated

MFD display with keypad

2

MFD display with keypad

2

MFD display with keypad 2

MFD-80-X

MFD-80

MFD-80-ETCH

1

MFD-80-B-X

MFD-80-B

MFD-80-B-ETCH

1

MFD-CP4

MFD-Titan Text/Graphics Display Power Module

For use with MFD-Titan displays for use as remote text/graphics display.

Supply

Voltage Description

Catalog

Number

100–240 Vac

24 Vdc

AC power supply / communication module (no cable)

AC module for easy500/700 relays and cable MFD-CP4-500-CAB5

AC module for easy800 relays and cable MFD-CP4-800-CAB5

DC power supply / communication module (no cable)

DC module for easy500/700 relays and cable MFD-CP4-500-CAB5

DC module for easy800 relays and cable MFD-CP4-800-CAB5

MFD-AC-CP4

MFD-AC-CP4-500

MFD-AC-CP4-800

MFD-CP4

MFD-CP4-500

MFD-CP4-800

MFD-CP

MFD-Titan Controller Modules

For use with MFD-Titan display/operator units.

Add MFD-Titan I/O modules as needed.

Supply

Voltage

100–240 Vac

24 Vdc

Description

Program and screen memory

Program and screen memory, with easyNet

Program and screen memory

Program and screen memory, with easyNet

Double program and screen memory (as MFD-CP8)

Double program and screen memory (as MFD-CP8), with easyNet

Catalog

Number

MFD-AC-CP8-ME

MFD-AC-CP8-NT

MFD-CP8-ME

MFD-CP8-NT

MFD-CP10-ME

MFD-CP10-NT

Notes

1 To order an MFD display with custom engraving, a marking file with the required text and/or graphics must be created as a Labeleditor ZIP file. The ZIP file has to be sent to the Eaton factory, and the name of the file must be referenced in the order notes section. To download the Labeleditor configuration software, please visit www.eaton.com/software.

2

To obtain a NEMA 4X indoor rating on MFD displays with keypads, use with a protective membrane cover MFD-XM-80.

3.3

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

MFD-R16

MFD-TP_

MFD-Titan I/O Modules

For use with MFD-Titan controller modules.

Supply

Voltage Description

Inputs Outputs

Digital Analog

1

Relay

100–240 Vac

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

16 I/O

17 I/O

12

12

12

12

12

4

4

4

4

4

4

4

Transistor Analog

4

4

1

1

Catalog

Number

MFD-AC-R16

MFD-R16

MFD-T16

MFD-RA17

MFD-TA17

MFD-Titan I/O Modules with Temperature Detection

For use with MFD-CP8-_

2

and MFD-CP10-_ MFD-Titan controller modules.

Inputs

Supply

Voltage Digital

Can Be Used

For Analog Pt100

Outputs

Relay

10A (UL) Transistor Analog Temperature Ranges

24 Vdc

6

6

6

6

6

6

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

4

4

4

4

4

4

1

1

1

–40° to +90°C/0° to +250°C/0° to +400°C

–200° to +200°C/0° to +850°C

–40° to +90°C/0° to +250°C

–40° to +90°C/0° to +250°C/0° to +400°C

–200° to +200°C/0° to +850°C

–40° to +90°C/0° to +250°C

Catalog

Number

MFD-TP12-PT-A

MFD-TP12-PT-B

MFD-TP12-NI-A

MFD-TAP13-PT-A

MFD-TAP13-PT-B

MFD-TAP13-NI-A

Accessories

Miscellaneous Parts

Description

MFD-Titan display protective membrane cover

MFD-Titan display protective plastic cover

MFD-Titan display DIN rail mount kit

Catalog Number

MFD-XM-80

MFD-XS-80

MFD-TS-144

Notes

1

Analog inputs optional. Use of analog inputs will result in a decrease in the same number of available digital inputs

2 Version 8 and higher MFD-CP8_ controllers are compatible with the temperature detection modules.

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Technical Data and Specifications

MFD-80, MFD-CP4, MFD-CP8

Type

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Hazardous location

MFD-80…

IP65

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

Clearly legible at –5° to 50°C

–40° to 70°C

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

MFD-CP4 and CP8 Communication Modules

Type MFD-80…

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Mounting

Supply from -CP

3W

Front mounting in 2 x 22.5 mm

Standard drill holes

Note

1

Relay = 8A with resistive load, 3A with inductive load.

Transistor outputs = 0.5A/24 Vdc, maximum four outputs switchable in parallel.

MFD-CP4-…

24 Vdc

1.5W

Snap fitted to MFD-80

MFD-CP4/CP8

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

CSA Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D; Temp. Code T3C

MFD-Titan I/O Modules

Type

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

Continuous current outputs

1

Short-circuit proof with

power factor 1

Short-circuit proof with

power factor 0.7…0.7

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Mounting

MFD-AC-R16

Supply via

MFD-CP8 module

0.5W

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 600A

MFD-R16

Supply via

MFD-CP8 module

0.5W

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 600A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20 IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4

–25° to 55°C –25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Snap fitted to

MFD-CP8 module

–40° to 70°C

Snap fitted to

MFD-CP8 module

MFD-RA17

Supply via

MFD-CP8 module

0.5W

8A

Line protection

B16, 600A

Line protection

B16, 600A

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Snap fitted to

MFD-CP8 module

MFD-T16

Supply via

MFD-CP8 module

0.5W

0.5A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Snap fitted to

MFD-CP8 module

MFD-TA17

Supply via

MFD-CP8 module

0.5W

0.5A

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C

Snap fitted to

MFD-CP8 module

MFD-CP8… MFD-AC-CP8…

24 Vdc

3W

100–240 Vac

8 VA

Snap fitted to MFD-80 or on 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with

ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

MFD-80 Series, Drawing Number MD05013005E

MFD-80

0.67

(17.0)

1.26

(32.0)

3.41

(86.5)

0.88 + 0.02

(22.3) + 0.4

1.18

(30.0)

MFD-CP…

0.89

(22.5)

MFD-80

1.18 ± 0.01

(30.0) ± 0.2

1.11

(28.3)

2.44

(62.0)

3.41

(86.5)

1.11

(28.3)

0.79

(20.0)

0.54

(13.7)

MFD-CP4, MFD-80 and MFD-CP4 Series Combined, Drawing Number MD013013E

1-6

-0.24

(0.04)

MFD-80

MFD-CP4

0.81

(20.5)

1.70

(43.2)

MFD-CP4

1.18

(30.0)

Template for Holes, Scale 1:1

MFD-CP4

2.28

(58.0)

1.08

(27.5)

0.89

(22.5)

1.18

(30.0)

2.95

(75.0)

0.89

(22.5)

1.43

(36.2)

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

MFD-CP8 Series, Drawing Number MD05013006E

MFD-CP8

0.64

(16.3)

2.95

(75.0)

0.640

(16.3)

3.54

(90.0)

0.18

(4.5)

1.53

(38.8)

1.18 ± 0.01

(30.0 ± 0.2)

1.53

(38.8)

4.23

(107.5)

MFD-R/MFD-T I/O Module, Drawing Number MD05013007E

MFD-R and MFD-T I/O

1.16

(29.5)

3.54

(90.0)

0.75

(19.0)

3.47

(88.1)

0.98

(25.0)

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

easyRelay Communication Modules

Contents

Description

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-20

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-41

V7-T3-41

V7-T3-43 easyRelay

Communication Modules

Product Description

Four network modules are available for easily connecting to world-standard networks.

The network modules can be used with the easy700/800 programmable relays and

MFD-Titan multi-function displays.

Available communication modules support:

DeviceNet

PROFIBUS-DP

AS-Interface

CANopen

All modules operate exclusively as nodes on the given network.

Product Selection

The Ethernet gateway connects devices provided with an RS-232 serial interface with the Ethernet network. This gateway can be used with easy500 as well as easy700/800 relays and MFD-Titan displays.

EASY209-SE

Ethernet Gateway Module

Description

Ethernet gateway Serial interface easyRelay or MFD-…CP8/CP10_ to

Ethernet, for connecting to easyOPC server, easySoft or easyCom

Catalog

Number

EASY209-SE

1

EASY204-DP

Network Interface Modules

Description

DeviceNet interface module

PROFIBUS-DP interface module

AS-Interface interface module with

4 in and 4 out

CANopen interface module

Addresses available 0 to 63

Device addresses available 1 to 126

Device: 4 inputs, 4 outputs, 4 parameter bits

Addresses available 0 to 31

Addresses available 1 to 127

Catalog

Number

EASY222-DN

EASY204-DP

EASY205-ASI

EASY221-CO

Note

1

To set up the Ethernet gateway, download the EASY209-SE configuration software at www.eaton.com/easyrelays.

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Technical Data and Specifications easy700/800/MFD Communication Interface Modules

EASY204-DP, EASY205-ASI, EASY221-CO, EASY222-DN, EASY209-SE

1

Description Specification

Supply voltage

Heat dissipation

2

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Certification, standards

Mounting

24 Vdc

1W

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1,2,3,4

–25° to +55°C

–40° to +70°C

EN 50178, IEC/EN 60947, UL, CSA

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

Notes

1

2

EASY209-SE is also compatible with easy500 programmable relays.

EASY204-DP dissipates 2W.

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

EASY202-RE/EASY200-EASY/EASY205-ASI/

EASY209-SE Series, Drawing Number MD05013012E

EASY202-RE

EASY200-EASY

EASY205-ASI

0.30

(7.5)

EASY221-CO/EASY222-DN Series,

Drawing Number MD05013010E

EASY221-CO

EASY222-DN

(M4)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

0.30

(7.5)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18

(4.5)

1.87

(47.5)

2.22

(56.5)

2.28

(58.0)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

1.40

(35.5)

0.30

(7.5)

0.18

(4.5)

1.87

(47.5)

2.22

(56.5)

2.64

(67.0)

1.40

(35.5)

0.30

(7.5)

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

EASY204-DP Series,

Drawing Number MD05013011E

EASY204-DP

0.30

(7.5)

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18

(4.5)

1.87

(47.5)

2.22

(56.5)

2.44

(62.0)

(M4)

0.157

(3.9)

Dia.

1.40

(35.5)

0.30

(7.5)

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Contents

Description

easy500/700/800 Programmable Relays . . . . . . . .

easy802/806 Programmable Relays with SmartWire-DT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay and MFD Expansion Modules . . . . . . .

MFD-Titan Multi-Function Displays . . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Communication Modules . . . . . . . . . . .

easyRelay Power Supplies, Accessories and Software

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-20

V7-T3-26

V7-T3-30

V7-T3-33

V7-T3-40

V7-T3-44

V7-T3-46

V7-T3-46

V7-T3-47 easyRelay Power

Supplies, Accessories and Software

Product Description

Power Supplies

—12 Vdc and 24 Vdc power supplies for applications where only

100–240 Vac is available.

Accessories

—Memory modules, cables and other components to complete your automation solutions.

Software

—The easySoft software is used to program all of the easyRelays and

MFD-Titan displays. The

Windows ® -based software provides straightforward circuit diagram input and editing and the diagrams can be displayed in the format desired. When easy800 and MFD-Titan controllers are connected using easyNet, all connected devices can be accessed and their programs loaded from a single controller.

easySoft includes an integrated offline simulation tool that allows users to test a circuit diagram before commissioning.

Product Selection

Power supply units are primary switched-mode power supplies that are optimally suited for the easyRelay and easySafety product series in terms of functions and design. The new and high-performance power supply units support safe operation in plants and machines. They are simple and flexible in handling.

EASY…-POW

Fast diagnosis of the voltage output: continuous light on the LED—fault-free operation; flashing on the

LED—short circuit or overload on voltage output.

Suitable for worldwide use due to wide range input from 85V to 264 Vac,

50/60 Hz

Output voltages can be connected in parallel to increase power output or for redundant operation to achieve greater system availability

Compliance with international standards and approvals

The primary switched-mode power supply units can be used everywhere:

Safety extra low voltage

(SELV to EN 60 950)

Radio interference Class B to EN 55 011 and EN 55 022 for use in industrial and public networks

Power Supply Units

Rated input voltage 100–240 Vac, single-phase.

Input Voltage

Range

Rated Output

Voltage

Output Voltage

Setting Range

Rated Output

Power

100–240 Vac 24 Vdc/12 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

24 Vdc

8W

30W

60W

100W

Rated Output

Current

0.35A/20 mA

1.25A

2.5A

4.2A

Catalog Number

EASY200-POW

EASY400-POW

EASY500-POW

EASY600-POW

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Bluetooth Adapter

Conveniently commission and service machines and other equipment remotely.

Simple communication with easy800 or MFD-Titan from outside loud and/or dangerous areas

An 8-digit PIN security code prevents unauthorized remote access

Simple recognition in

Windows 7

Full online functionality with easySoft-Pro

V6.91or higher

EASY800-BLT-ADP

Bluetooth Adapter

Description Catalog Number

easy800/MFD Bluetooth adapter

The Blue tooth adapter provides wireless connectivity to easySoft-Pro for easy programming download and upload. Use it with the easyRemote Display Android App for simple and fast access to your easy800 relays up to a distance of 10 meters.

EASY800-BLT-ADP

Has all necessary radio type approvals for USA,

Canada and Europe

Accessories easySoft

Programming Software

Description

Programming software for easy500/700

Programming software for easy800, easy 802/806 and MFD-Titan includes SWD-Assist for configuration of the SmartWire-DT network

Catalog Number

EASY-SOFT-BASIC

EASY-SOFT-PRO

EASY-USB-CAB

Programming Cables

Description

easy500/700 to PC programming cable—USB easy500/700 to PC programming cable—RS-232 easy800/MFD to PC programming cable—RS-232 easy800/MFD to PC programming cable—USB easy802/806 to PC programming cable—USB, 2m

MFD-CP4-800-CAB5

EASY800-MO-CAB

Cables and Connectors

Description

easy500/700 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 5m easy800 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 5m easy800 to MFD-CP8 communication cable, 2m easy800 to MFD-CP8 communication cable, 5m easy800 modem, printer, programming cable easy802/806 to MFD-CP4 communication cable, 1.5m

easy802/806 to XV HMI communication cable, 2m easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 0.3m networking cable easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 0.8m networking cable easy800/MFD easyNet cable, 1.5m networking cable easy800/MFD easyNet cable (cable only, no connectors, see EASY-NT-RJ45), 100m

RJ45 network connectors for easyNet cable (EASY-NT-CAB), 10/pack easy800/MFD network termination resistor, 2/pack

Catalog Number

EASY-USB-CAB

EASY-PC-CAB

EASY800-PC-CAB

EASY800-USB-CAB

EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1

Catalog Number

MFD-CP4-500-CAB5

MFD-CP4-800-CAB5

MFD-800-CAB

MFD-800-CAB5

EASY800-MO-CAB

EU4A-RJ45-CAB2

EU4A-RJ45-CAB1

EASY-NT-30

EASY-NT-80

EASY-NT-150

EASY-NT-CAB

EASY-NT-RJ45

EASY-NT-R

EASY-M-32K

EASY-M-256K

Memory Storage Modules

Description

easy500/700 32K memory storage module easy800/MFD 256K memory storage module easy800/MFD 512K memory storage module

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

3.3

Catalog Number

EASY-M-32K

EASY-M-256K

EASY-M-512K

Panel Window

Mounting Kit

Miscellaneous Parts

Description

easy500 panel window easy700/800 panel window easy500/700/800 panel window mounting kit to front mount units

High current input adapter, six-channel

Base to expander, interface connector easy500 relay simulator

Mounting feet, 9/pack

Grounding kit

Simulator

Catalog Number

SKF-FF4

SKF-FF6

SKF-HA

EASY256-HCI

EASY-LINK-DS

EASY412-DC-SIM-NA

ZB4-101-GF1

ZB4-102-KS1

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Technical Data and Specifications easyRelay Power Supplies

Type

Supply voltage

Maximum range

Output voltage

Output current (rated value)

Overcurrent limitation form

Short-circuit proof (secondary)

Overload proof

Potential isolation (prim/sec.)

Others

Connection cables

Solid

Flexible

Degree of protection

RFI suppression

Ambient operating temperature

Transport and storage temperature

Mounting

Wiring Diagram

EASY256-HCI

L

N

> 1 A

S..

S..

L N N I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 .....

115/230 Vh Input 115/230 Vh

EASY5..-AC-..

EASY7..-AC-..

EASY200-POW

100–240 Vac

85–264 Vac

24 Vdc (±3%)

0.25A

0.3A

Yes

Yes

Yes, SELV, (to EN 600950, VDE 805)

Additional output voltage 12 DC, 20 mA

EASY400-POW

100–240 Vac

85–264 Vac

24 Vdc (±3%)

1.25A

1.4A

Yes

Yes

Yes, SELV, (to EN 600950, VDE 805)

Additional output voltage 12 DC, 20 mA

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

0.2–4.0 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

0.2–2.5 mm

2

(AWG 22–12)

IP20

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

EN 55011, EN 55022 Class B, IEC 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4

–25° to 55°C

–40° to 70°C –40° to 70°C

On 35 mm DIN rail or screw mounting with ZB4-101-GF1 mounting feet

N N 1 2

3 4 5 6

EASY256-HCI

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

EASY200-POW/EASY256-HCI and EASY400-POW Series, Drawing Number MD05013004E

0.42

(10.8)

EASY400-POW

1.97

(50.0)

EASY200-POW

EASY256-HCI

0.30

(7.5)

3.3

1.77

(45.0)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.18

(4.5)

1.87

(47.5)

2.22

(56.5)

1.41

(35.8)

2.81

(71.5)

(M4)

.157

(3.9)

Dia.

MFD-XS-80 and MFD-XM-80 Series, Drawing Number MD05013009E

MFD-XS-80 MFD-XM-80

1.40

(35.5)

3.54

(90.0)

4.02

(102.0)

4.33

(110.0)

0.30

(7.5)

3.48

(88.5)

3.74

(95.0)

3.41

(86.5)

0.98

(25.0)

SKF-FF4 and SKF-FF6 Series, Drawing Number MD05013014E

SKF-FF4

0.63

(16.0)

SKF-FF6

3.48

(88.5)

2.99

(76.0)

3.70

(94.0)

0.98

(25.0)

5.12

(130.0)

2.99

(76.0)

0.63

(16.0)

0.89

(22.5)

0.98

(25.0)

3.3

Control Relays and Timers

Programmable Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

SKF-HA Series, Drawing Number MD05013015E

SKF-HA

0.43

(11.0)

1.89

(48.0)

2.60

(66.0)

3.23

(82.0)

ZB4-101-GF1 Mounting Feet

Fitting on 35 mm Top-Hat Rail

*

Fitting on Mounting Plate (Horizontal)

*

ZB4-101-GF1

ZB4-102-KS1 Series—

Grounding the Screen for Top-Hat Rail

* *

* 3 mounting feet are sufficient

EASY412-DC-SIM-NA Series

Connection

Cable

Connect Outputs

Digital Inputs

DEL ALT

ESC OK

ZB4-102-KS1 Series—

Grounding the Screen for Mounting Plate

Power Supply Unit

General Purpose Plug-In Relay

Product Selection Guide

General Purpose Relay Selection Characteristics

Current rating: 1A–30A

Contact arrangement:

SPDT, DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT, etc.

Coil voltage: 6V–240 Vac/

6V–110 Vdc

Mounting options: socket, flange, DIN rail, panel

Specifications: CSA, CE,

IEC, NEMA, UL, etc.

Other: Physical dimensions, maximum voltage, mechanical/ electrical life, etc.

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Relay Series D1PR/D1PF D2PR/D2PF D3PR/D3PF

Approvals

Features

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp and pushbutton available

Panel and DIN mounting

Contact Data

Configuration

SPDT

Max. allowable load

Material

Dielectric strength between poles

Coil Data

AC

DC

Power

20A

Silver alloy

1500V

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

VA (Vac)

Watts (Vdc)

General Data

Ambient temperature

0.9 VA

0.7W

Storage

Operational

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

Response time

Life

20 milliseconds

Mechanical operations 10 million

Electrical operations

Page Numbers

100,000

V7-T3-53

to

V7-T3-57

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp and pushbutton available

Panel, DIN and flange mounting

Latching

DPDT

10A

Silver alloy

1500V

DPDT Latching 4PDT

3A 10A

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

1.2 VA

0.9W

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

20 milliseconds

10 million

200,000

V7-T3-58

to

V7-T3-67

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp and pushbutton available

Panel and DIN mounting

8- or 11-pin octal plug-in

Latching (D3PR version)

DPDT

16A 16A

Silver alloy

1500V

3PDT

16A

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

3 VA 1.4W (D3PR and D3PF)

2 VA 1.64W (D3PR5 latching)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

20 milliseconds

5 million (D3PR and D3PF)

10 million (D3PR5 latching)

100,000

V7-T3-68

to

V7-T3-77

General Purpose Plug-In Relays, continued

Relay Series D4 D5PR/D5PF

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

D7PR/D7PF

Approvals

Features

Contact Data

Configuration

Max. allowable load

Material

Dielectric strength

Coil Data

AC

DC

Power

VA (Vac)

Watts (Vdc)

General Data

Ambient temperature

Storage

Operational

Response time

Life

Mechanical operations

Electrical operations

Page Numbers

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp available

Panel and DIN mounting

Socket has built-in hold-down spring

SPDT

10A at 250 Vac

AgCdO

5000V

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

0.9 VA

0.5W

–40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)

–40° to 158°F (–40° to 70°C)

15 milliseconds

10 million

100,000

V7-T3-78

to

V7-T3-81

DPDT

5A at 240 Vac

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp and pushbutton available

Panel, DIN and flange mounting

DPDT

16A

Silver alloy

1500V

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

3 VA

1.4W

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

20 milliseconds

5 million

100,000

V7-T3-82

to

V7-T3-90

3PDT

16A

Polycarbonate cover

Indicator lamp and pushbutton available

Panel and DIN mounting

SPDT

20A

Silver alloy

1500V

DPDT

15A

1500V

6 to 240 Vac

6 to 110 Vdc

1.2 VA

0.9W

1.2 VA

0.9W

3PDT

15A

2500V

4PDT

15A

2500V

1.5 VA

1.4W

1.5 VA

1.5W

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

20 milliseconds (30 milliseconds for latching)

10 million

100,000 100,000

V7-T3-91

to

V7-T3-105

200,000 200,000

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

General Purpose Plug-In Relays, continued

Relay Series D8 D9

Approvals

Features

Dust cover

Panel, DIN and flange mounting

Quick-connect and screw terminals

Contact Data

Configuration

Max. allowable load

Material

Dielectric strength

Coil Data

AC

DC

Power

VA (Vac)

Watts (Vdc)

General Data

Ambient temperature

Storage

Operational

Response time

Life

Mechanical operations

Electrical operations

Page Numbers

SPST-NO

30A at

220 Vac

AgCdO

4000V

6 to 240 Vac

12 to 24 Vdc

2.5 VA

1.9W

–4° to 185°F (–20° to 85°C)

–4° to 131°F (–20° to 55°C)

30 milliseconds

5 million

100,000

V7-T3-106

to

V7-T3-111

DPST-NO

25A at

220 Vac

Dust cover

Pushbutton available

Panel mounting

Screw terminals

4PST

NO

25A at

220 Vac

AgCdO

4000V

NC

8A at

220 Vac

24 to 240 Vac

12 to 110 Vdc

2.6 VA

2.0W

–13° to 140°F (–25° to 60°C)

–13° to 140°F (–25° to 60°C)

50 milliseconds

1 million

100,000

V7-T3-112

to

V7-T3-115

D1 Series Relay

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-54

V7-T3-55

V7-T3-56

V7-T3-57

V7-T3-57

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D1PR/D1PF Series

Product Description

The D1 Series of relay provides a compact singlepole relay capable of handling

20A. Multiple feature and voltage options allow for the perfect fit for any application.

Features

D1PR

Compact relay capable of breaking relatively large load currents

Panel and DIN rail mounting

D1PF

The contact operation can be easily checked by

Push-to-Test button

Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

LED status lamp shows coil ON or OFF status— ideal for use in low light applications

Push-to-Test button allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

Lock-down door holds pushbutton and contacts in the operate position when activated

Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets easily

ID tag/write label to identify relays in multiplerelay circuits

Bipolar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

Standards and Certifications

UL Listed

When used with accompanying Eaton screw terminal socket.

Catalog Number Selection

D1PR/D1PF Series

D 1 P F 1 A A

Family Type

D1PF

D1PR

Contact Configuration

1

= SPDT

Standard Features

Blank

= Mechanical flag indicator

(only with D1PR)

A

= LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover,

ID tag (only with D1PF)

1

= LED and mechanical flag indicator

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Product Selection

D1PR/D1PF Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type Socket Clip

D1PR1

D1PF1

D1PAA

D1PAA

PMC-1781

PMC-1781

B

B

Module

Type

D1PF Series Relay

D1PR/D1PF Series

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

240 Vac 50/60 Hz

110 Vdc

120 Vac

24 Vac 50/60 Hz

Plain Cover

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

110 Vdc

120 Vac 50/60 Hz

240 Vac

Full Featured

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac 50/60 Hz

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

110 Vdc

120 Vac 50/60 Hz

SPDT

SPDT

240 Vac 50/60 Hz SPDT

Plain Cover with LED Indicator

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac 50/60 Hz

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

ID

Tag

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

180

750

720

2600

12.2

47

46

188

15,720

13,800

4430

180

180

750

720

2600

12.2

47

46

188

13,800

4430

15,720

12.2

47

46

188

750

720

2600

13,800

4430

15,270

Jumper

Catalog

Number

D1PR11P

D1PR11P1

D1PR11R

D1PR11R1

D1PR11T

D1PR11T1

D1PR11W

D1PR11W1

D1PR11B

D1PR11A1

D1PR11A

D1PR1T

D1PF1AP

D1PF1AP1

D1PF1AR

D1PF1AR1

D1PF1AT

D1PF1AT1

D1PF1AW

D1PF1AW1

D1PF1AA1

D1PF1AA

D1PF1AB

D1PR1P

D1PR1P1

D1PR1R

D1PR1R1

D1PR1T1

D1PR1W

D1PR1W1

D1PR1A1

D1PR1A

D1PR1B

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Accessories

D1PR/D1PF Sockets and Accessories

Type

Module

Size

Nominal Voltage

(Max. for Sockets)

Socket

Flange mount adapter

Metal spring clip

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

Plastic DIN rail end stop

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

300

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

Note

1

Protection Category (Finger Safe), EN 60529: IP20.

Nominal

Current

20

Mounting Style

Panel/DIN rail

Flange

Wire Size

12 /14 (2) AWG, 4 /2.5 (2) mm

2

Wire

Connection

Screw clamping

20

20

20

20

10

25

25

20

Standard

Pack

Catalog

Number

D1PAA

1

PFC-D11

PMC-1781

MOD-BD250

MOD-BLG24

MOD-BLG240

MOD-BMV120

MOD-BMV24

20

25

MOD-BMV240

PFP-P

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D1PF/D1PR Relay Specifications

Description D1PR

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

Switching current at voltage

20A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

20A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 277 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Dropout voltage threshold

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

0.9 VA

0.7W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Storage

Operation

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55ºC)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85ºC)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator (optional LED)

Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

D1PF

20A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

20A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 277 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

0.9 VA

0.7W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Wiring Diagram

D1PF/D1PR

12

14

1

5

11 9

A1 A2 13

IEC NEMA

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D1PF/D1PR

0.10

(2.1)

0.53

(14.0)

14

1.10

(27.9)

1.60

(40.6)

1.40

(35.5)

D1PAA

1.18

(30.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.14

(80.0)

3.33

(84.0)

1.57

(40.0)

0.67

(17.0)

0.82

(21.0)

14 5

0.16

(4.0)

12

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

14 13

Input

Module

Input

A2

A1

Input

Input

11

IEC

1

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

14 13

Input

Module

Input

14

13

Input

Input

9

NEMA

0.53

(14.0)

1.10

(27.9)

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D2 Series Relay

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-59

V7-T3-59

V7-T3-61

V7-T3-62

V7-T3-63

V7-T3-64

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D2PR/D2PF Series

Product Description

The D2 Series is a compact line of relays with quick response time and long life.

Available in DPDT, 4PDT and

DPDT latching configurations.

Features

D2PR

Ultra-high sensitivity relay with quick response

High reliability, long life

Panel, DIN rail and flange mounting

Small size

Standards and Certifications

D2PF

Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

Bipolar LED status lamp allows for reverse polarity applications

Shows coil ON or OFF status

Ideal in low light conditions

Color-coded pushbutton identifies AC coils with red or DC coils with blue pushbuttons

Allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

Ideal for field service personnel to test control circuits

Lock-down door, when activated, holds pushbutton and contacts in the operate position

Excellent for analyzing circuit problems

Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets more easily than conventional relays

White plastic ID tag/write label used for identification of relays in multi-relay circuits

UL Listed

When used with accompanying Eaton screw terminal socket.

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Catalog Number Selection

D2PF/D2PR

1

D 2 P F 2 A A

Family Type

D2PF

D2PR

Contact Configuration

2

= DPDT

4

= 4PDT

5

= DPDT latching

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

Standard Features

Blank

= Plain cover (only with D2PR)

A

= LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover,

ID tag (only with D2PF)

Product Selection

D2PF/D2PR Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type

D2PR2, D2PF2

D2PR4, D2PF4

D2PR5

Socket

D2PAL

D2PA6

D2PAP

D2PA7

D2PA6

D2PA4

Clip

PWC-D24

PQC-1782

PQC-1342

PWC-D24

PQC-1782

PWC-D24

PQC-1782

PQC-1342

PYC-A1

Module

Type

B

None

B

B

B

None

None

ID

Tag

PWF-D2P

PWF-D2P

Note

1

For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

Jumper

D2PJ1

D2PJ1

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D2PF Series Relay

D2PF/D2PR Series

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

220/240 Vac

Plain Cover Style

6 Vdc

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

110/125 Vdc

120 Vac

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

110/125 Vdc

120 Vac

220/240 Vac

Latching Style

24 Vac

24 Vdc

110 Vac

Full Featured Style

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

110/125 Vdc

120 Vac

220/240 Vac

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

110/125 Vdc

120 Vac

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

4PDT

4PDT

Catalog

Number

D2PR2P1

D2PR2R1

D2PR2T

D2PR2T1

D2PR2W1

D2PR2A1

D2PR2A

D2PR2B

D2PR4P

D2PR4P1

D2PR4R

D2PR4R1

D2PR4T

D2PR4T1

D2PR4A1

D2PR4A

D2PR4B

D2PR5T

D2PR5T1

D2PR5A

D2PF2AP

D2PF2AP1

D2PF2AR

D2PF2AR1

D2PF2AT

D2PF2AT1

D2PF2AW1

D2PF2AA1

D2PF2AA

D2PF2AB

D2PF4AR

D2PF4AR1

D2PF4AT

D2PF4AT1

D2PF4AW1

D2PF4AA1

D2PF4AA

D2PF4AB

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

46

160

180

650

11,000

4430

15,720

40

160

180

650

2600

11,000

4430

15,720

9.6

40

180

650

11,000

9.6

40

46

160

180

650

2600

11,000

4430

15,720

46

160

180

650

2600

11,000

4430

15,720

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Accessories

D2PF/D2PR Sockets and Accessories

Type

Module

Size

Nominal Voltage

(Max. for Sockets)

Socket

Flange mount adapter

Plastic ejector clip

Metal spring clip

Hold-down spring

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

Coil bus jumpers

Plastic DIN rail end stop

B

B

B

B

B

B

None

None

B

B

B

300

300

300

300

300

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

Note

1 Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.

Nominal

Current

10

12

10

10

10

Mounting Style

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

Flange

Wire Size

14/16 (2) AWG, 2.5/1.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

14/16 (2) AWG, 2.5/1.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm 2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

Wire

Connection

Elevator

Screw clamping

Elevator

Screw clamping

Screw clamping

100

20

20

20

10

25

25

20

20

20

10

25

Standard

Pack

1

10

Catalog

Number

D2PAL

1

1

10

D2PA6

D2PAP

1

D2PA7

1

5

25

D2PA4

PFC-D2D72

PWC-D24

PQC-1782

PQC-1342

PYC-A1

MOD-BD250

MOD-BLG24

MOD-BLG240

MOD-BMV120

MOD-BMV24

MOD-BMV240

D2PJ1

PFP-P

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D2PF/D2PR Relay Specifications

Description

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

Switching current at voltage

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

D2PR2/D2PR4

10A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

10A at 120 Vac

50/60 Hz

8A at 277 Vac

50/60 Hz

8A at 28 Vdc

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 277 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc

(0.5W)

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Dropout voltage threshold

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Operation

Storage

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

200,000

10,000,000

20 ms

1500 rms

1500 rms

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

D2PR5

5A

Plug-in

Silver (gold flashed)

250 Vac/125 Vdc

3A at 250 Vac

5A at 30 Vdc

1/8 hp at 250 Vac

100 mA, 1 Vdc

Plain cover

Latching

UL/CE/CSA

80 to 110%

80 to 110%

30% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000

100,000,000

D2PF

10A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

10A at 277 Vac

50/60 Hz|

8A at 120 Vac

50/60 Hz

8A at 28 Vdc

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 277 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc

(0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000

10,000,000

20 ms

1500 rms

1500 rms

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Wiring Diagrams

D2PF2/D2PR2

12 42

14 44

11 41

A1

IEC

D2PF4/D2PR4

12 22

A2

32

14 24 34

11

A1

21 31

IEC

9

13

1

5

41

A2

42

44

NEMA

9

13

1

5

12

14

4

8

2

6

10

NEMA

3

7

11 12

14

4

8

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D2PF2/D2PR2

0.27

(7.0)

0.02

(0.5)

0.83

(21.0)

0.83

(21.0)

1.10

(27.9)

1.10

(27.9)

D2PF4/D2PR4

0.27

(7.0)

1.54

(39.1)

0.24

(6.0) 1.40

(35.5)

0.24

(6.0)

0.02

(0.5)

0.83

(21.0)

1.10

(27.9)

0.24

(6.0)

0.83

(21.0)

1.10

(27.9)

D2PA6

0.71

(18.0)

1.54

(39.1)

1.00

(25.4)

1.40

(35.5)

0.24

(6.0)

8

4 3

7 6

5

2 1

44 34 24 14

8

7

6 5

42 32 22

12

4 3 2 1

2.51

(64.0)

2.71

(69.0)

1.25

(32.0)

1

2

1

4

1

1

1

0 9

1

3

0.17

(4.3)

Dia.

Typ.

A2

4

8

12

14

3

7

2

6

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

11

10 9

COM

13

INPUT

INPUT

A1

14

4

8

3

7

2

6

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

12

14

11

10 9

COM

13

INPUT

INPUT 13

0.89

(22.7)

1.20

(30.7)

41 31

IEC

21 11

12 11

10

NEMA

9

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D2PA7

1.57

(40.0)

0.74

(19.0)

0.14

(3.8)

1.18

(30.0)

1.00

(25.4)

3.11

(79.0)

3.30

(84.0)

2.40

(61.0)

0.14

(3.80)

42

4

34

7

44

8

32

3

24

6

14

5

22

2

12

1

A2

INPUT

14

41 31

A1

INPUT

13

21

12

11 10

11

9

0.82

(21.0)

1.18

(30.0)

34

44

42 32 22 12

24

14

7

8

6

5

4 3

2 1

1.55

(39.5)

A2

4

8

3

7

2

6

12

11 10

14

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

11

A1 14

4

8

14

3

7

2

6

12

11 10

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

9

13

41 31 21

INPUT

12 11 10

INPUT

IEC

NEMA

0.25

(6.4)

D2PR5

0.02 (0.5)

1.42 (36.1)

Max.

0.10

(2.5)

14 – 0.05 (1.3) Dia. x 0.09 (2.3)

Elliptic Holes

0.02

(0.5)

0.25

(6.4)

1.10

(27.9)

Max.

0.24

(6.1)

0.85

(21.6)

Max.

1

5

AC

4

8

1

5

DC

4

8

9 10 11 12

13

RESET

R

14

9

13

10 11 12

SET

RESET

14

Terminal Arrangement/Internal Connections (Bottom View)

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D2PAP

2.40

(61.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.11

(79.0)

3.34

(85.0)

0.20

(5.6)

41

12

44

8

42

4

31

11

34

7

32

3

21

10

24

6

22

11

9

14

5

12

2

1

41 31 21

11

44 34

24

14

42

32

22 12

4

8

3

7

2

6

12 11 10

14

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

12

8

4

11

7

3

10

6

2

9

5

1

4

8

3

7

2

6

12 11 10

14

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

1.49

(38.0)

MODULE

INPUT

A2

IEC:

NEMA:

14

INPUT

13

A1

A2

INPUT

IEC

A1

0.90

(22.0)

1.06

(26.9)

MODULE

INPUT

14

INPUT

NEMA

13

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D2PAL

2.40

(61.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.11

(79.0)

3.34

(85.0)

0.20

(5.6)

41

12

44

8

42

4

1.06

(27.0)

11

9

14

5

12

1

41

44

42

4

8

12

14

11

12

8 14

12

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

4

12

14

4

8

9

5

1

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

13

INPUT

1.49

(38.0)

MODULE

INPUT

A2

IEC:

14

NEMA:

INPUT

13

A1

A2

INPUT

A1

IEC

0.92

(23.5)

D2PA4 Socket for D2PR5 DPDT Latching Relays Only

Two 0.17 (4.3) x 0.20 (5.1)

Mounting Holes

Terminal Arrangement

(Top View)

3 2 1

8 7 6 5

2.83

(71.9)

Max.

1.16

(29.5)

Max.

0.16

(4.1)

0.24 (6.1)

0.65 (16.5)

1.18

(30.0) Max.

12 11 10

4 14 13

9

Mounting Holes

Two 0.18 (4.6) Dia. or M4

(Two 0.16 (4.1) Dia. or M3)

2.320 + 0.004

(58.92 0.10)

0.870

+

+

0.008

(22.09 0.20)

MODULE

INPUT

14 INPUT 13

NEMA

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D3 Series Relay

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-69

V7-T3-69

V7-T3-71

V7-T3-72

V7-T3-73

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D3PR/D3PF Series

Product Description

The D3 Series of relays provides excellent functionality in a popular octal base design. Rigid pins and guide allow for quick and easy installation with little risk of damage.

Features

D3PR

Compact relay capable of breaking relatively large load currents

Panel and DIN rail mounting

8- or 11-pin octal plug-in

Standards and Certifications

D3PF

The contact operation can be easily checked by Pushto-Test button

Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

LED status lamp shows coil ON or OFF status— ideal for use in low light applications

Push-to-Test button allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

Lock-down door holds pushbutton and contacts in the operate position when activated

Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets easily

ID tag/write label to identify relays in multiplerelay circuits

Bipolar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

(CSA approval not applicable to

D3PR5 Relays)

UL Listed

When used with accompanying Eaton screw terminal socket

(for D3PF only)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Catalog Number Selection

D3PR/D3PF Series

1

D 3 P R 2 1 A

Family Type

D3PR

= Standard relay

D3PF

= Full featured relay

Contact Configuration

2

= DPDT (8-pin)

3

= 3PDT (11-pin)

5

= DPDT latching (11-pin)

2

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

Options

Blank

= Plain cover relay (D3PR only)

A

= LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover,

ID tag (D3PF only)

1

= Indicating light (D3PR only)

Product Selection

D3 Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type

D3PR2, D3PF2

D3PR3, D3PF3

D3PR5

Socket

D3PA6

D3PAL8

D3PA2

D3PA7

D3PAL11

D3PA3

D3PA7

D3PAL11

D3PA3

Clip

PQC-1332

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1332

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

Module

Type

A

A

None

A

A

None

A

A

None

ID

Tag

PWF-D3D5

PWF-D3D5

PWF-D3D5

Notes

1

2

For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

D3PR only.

Jumper

D3PJ1

D3PJ1

D3PJ1

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D3 Series Relay

D3PR/D3PF Series

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

Full Featured Style

120 Vac

240 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

220/240 Vac

6 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Latching Style

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

240 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

DPDT

DPDT

Plain Cover with LED Indicator

120 Vac DPDT

24 Vac

24 Vdc

220/240 Vac

24 Vac

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT 24 Vdc

Plain Cover Style

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

Catalog

Number

D3PR5A

D3PR5A1

D3PR5B

D3PR5R1

D3PR5T

D3PR5T1

D3PR5W1

D3PR21A

D3PR21T

D3PR21T1

D3PR31B

D3PR31T

D3PR31T1

D3PF2AA

D3PF2AB

D3PF2AR1

D3PF2AT1

D3PF2AW1

D3PF3AA

D3PF3AB

D3PF3AP1

D3PF3AT

D3PF3AT1

D3PF3AW1

D3PR2A

D3PR2A1

D3PR2B

D3PR2P

D3PR2P1

D3PR2R

D3PR2R1

D3PR2T

D3PR2T1

D3PR2W

D3PR2W1

D3PR3A

D3PR3A1

D3PR3B

D3PR3R

D3PR3R1

D3PR3T

D3PR3T1

D3PR3W1

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

1700

72

470

7200

72

470

10,000

9000

36,000

90

470

350

1400

1700

7200

32

72

470

1800

1700

7200

120

470

1800

120

72

470

290

1800

1700

1700

10,000

7200

4.2

32

18

10,000

7200

18

120

72

470

1800

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Accessories

D3PR/D3PF Series Sockets and Accessories

Type

Module

Size

Nominal Voltage

(Max. for Sockets)

Nominal

Current

Socket

Metal spring clip

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

R/C suppressor

Write-on plastic labels

Coil bus jumpers

Plastic DIN rail end stop

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

None

A

A

None

A

300

300

300/600

600

300

300/600

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

6 to 24 Vac/Vdc

110 to 240 Vac/Vdc

12

15/5

16

12

15/10

5

Note

1

Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.

Mounting Style

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

Wire Size

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm 2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

Wire

Connection

Screw clamping

Elevator

Screw clamping

Screw clamping

Elevator

Screw clamping

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

10

10

25

1

10

10

1

10

10

25

10

20

Standard

Pack

Catalog

Number

D3PA6

1

D3PAL8

1

D3PA2

D3PA7

1

D3PAL11

1

D3PA3

PQC-1332

PQC-1351

MOD-AD250

MOD-ALG24

MOD-ALG240

MOD-AMV120

MOD-AMV24

MOD-AMV240

MOD-RC24

MOD-RC240

PWF-D3D5

D3PJ1

PFP-P

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D3PR/D3PF Series Relay Specifications

Description

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

Switching current at voltage

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

D3PR

16A

Octal

Silver alloy

300V

16A at 277 Vac

50/60 Hz

16A at 120 Vac

50/60 Hz

16A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 240 Vac

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc

(0.5W)

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Dropout voltage threshold

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

3 VA

1.4W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Storage

Operation

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

100,000 operations

5,000,000 operations

20 ms

1500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

D3PF

16A

Octal

Silver alloy

300V

16A at 277 Vac

50/60 Hz

16A at 120 Vac

50/60 Hz

16A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 240 Vac

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc

(0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

3 VA

1.4W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

5,000,000 operations

20 ms

1500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Full Featured

Bipolar LED/

Locking pushbutton/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

D3PR5

(Latching)

16A

11-pin octal

Silver alloy

300V

16A at 277 Vac

50/60 Hz

16A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 240 Vac

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc

(0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

2 VA

1.64W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

30 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Latching

RoHS/UL/UR

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D3PR2/D3PF2

0.24

(6.1)

2.20

(55.2)

1.37

(34.8)

12 22

14

A1

11

24

31

A2

IEC

1.39

(35.3)

2.10

(50.3)

3

2

1

4

5

6

8

7

NEMA

D3PR3/D3PF3

1.37

(34.8)

1.39

(35.3)

0.24

(6.1)

2.20

(55.2)

1.37

(34.8)

22

21

24

12

14

A1

11 31

32

A2

34

IEC

1.39

(35.3)

2.10

(50.3)

3

4

2

5

1

6

7

11

10

8

9

NEMA

1.37

(34.8)

1.39

(35.3)

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D3PR5—Octal Base Latching Relay

1.39

(35.3)

2.40

(61.0)

RESET

COMMON

12

22

21

24

32

14

A1

11 31

A2

34

1.37

(34.8)

IEC

RESET

COIL 2

22

21

24

12

32 4

14

A1

11

31

A2

34

COMMON

3

2

RESET

5

1

6

11

7

10

8

9

COIL 1

SET

D u a l C o i l ( D C )

SET

S i n g l e C o i l ( A C )

NEMA

RESET

COIL 2

6

5

4

3

2

1

11

7

10

8

9

COIL 1

SET

D u a l C o i l ( D C )

SET

S i n g l e C o i l ( A C )

D3PA2

0.97

(24.6)

0.59

(15.0)

2.02

(51.0)

2.12

(54.0)

1.01

(25.6)

3

2 1

1.60

(40.0)

1.29

(33.0)

5

8

6

7

0.16

(4.2)

4

A1

INPUT

11

1

2

3

4

21

8

A2

INPUT

7

2

INPUT

1

1

2

6 3

5 4

14 12

IEC

22 24

3 4 5

NEMA

8

8 7

INPUT

7

6

5

6

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D3PA3

0.97

(24.6)

2.32

(59.0)

2.06

(52.0)

1.60 Dia.

(40.0)

1.02

(25.0)

3

4

2

1

5

6

11

10

9

8

7

2.05

(52.0)

2.16

(54.8)

14

11

A1

INPUT

2

3

1

12

4

5

6

31

A2

11

INPUT

10

9

34

8

7

32

22 24

21

IEC

3

4

1

2

INPUT

2

3

1

4

5

6

11

10

11

INPUT

10

9

8

7

9

8

5 7

6

NEMA

0.97

(24.6)

0.59

(15.0)

1.60

(40.0)

1.29

(33.0)

2

2.02

(51.0)

2.12

(54.0)

1.01

(25.6)

3 4

1

5

8

6

7

0.16

(4.2)

A1

INPUT

11

1

2

3

4

14

12

IEC

22

21 A2

INPUT

8

7

2 1

INPUT

1

2

6

3

5 4

24

3

4

5

NEMA

8

8

7

INPUT

7

6

5

6

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D3PA6

1.45

(37.0)

1.10

(27.9)

2.86

(72.0)

3.00

(76.0)

1.58

(40.0)

1.42

(36.0)

22

5

24

6

11

1

21

8

12

4

14

3

0.15

(3.8)

IEC:

NEMA:

A2

INPUT

7

A1

INPUT

2

1.20

(30.0)

22

24

11

21

12

14

6

7

5

8

4

3

2

1

MODULE

INPUT

A2

Coil Jumper Buss

INPUT

A1

IEC

D3PA7

1.45

(37.0)

1.10

(27.9)

3.01

(76.0)

3.18

(81.0)

32

8

31

11

34

9

1.50

(38.0)

24

7

21

6

22

5

12

4

11

1

14

0.15

(3.8)

3

32

31

24

21

22

12

11

34

8

9

10

7

11

6

5

14

4

3

1

2

MODULE

INPUT

1.58

(40.0)

IEC:

NEMA:

A2

INPUT

10

A1

INPUT

2

A2 Coil Jumper Buss

A1

INPUT

IEC

5

6

1

8

4

3

6

7

5

8

4

3

2

1

MODULE

INPUT

7

Coil Jumper Buss

INPUT

2

NEMA

8

7

5

4

11

6

1

9

8

9

10

7

11

6

5

3

4

3

1

2

MODULE

INPUT

10 Coil Jumper Buss

INPUT

NEMA

2

1.35

(34.2)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D3PAL8

0.86

(22.0)

24

6

22

5

12

4

14

3

24

22

12 14 6 5 4 3

1.06

(27.0)

D3PAL11

0.86

(22.0)

2.95

(75.0)

0.12

(3.10)

1.45

(37.0)

5 4

6

7

3

2

8 1

INPUT A2

A2

7

A2

INPUT A1

21

IEC:

NEMA:

11 A1

2

7 7 8

0.12

(30.0)

1.49

(38.0)

1 2

MODULE

INPUT

A2

INPUT

A2 21

IEC

11 A1

INPUT

6

7

5 4

8 1

3

2

MODULE

INPUT

7

INPUT

7

8

NEMA

1 2

INPUT

1.06

(27.0)

34 32 24 22 14 12

9

8 7 5 3

4

34 32 24 22 14

12

9 8 7 5 3

4

2.95

(75.0)

0.12

(3.1)

1.45

(37.0)

9

8

10

7

11

6

1

5

2

4

3

INPUT A2 INPUT A1

10

A2 A2 31

21

IEC:

NEMA:

11 A1

2

10

10

11

0.12

(30.0)

1.49

(38.0)

6 1

2

MODULE

INPUT

A2 A2

INPUT

31 21 11 A1

INPUT

IEC

9

8

10

7

11

6

1

5

2

4

3

MODULE

INPUT

10 10

INPUT

11 6

NEMA

1 2

INPUT

3.4

3.4

D4 Series Relay

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-80

V7-T3-81

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D4 Series

Product Description

The D4 Series is a slim-form relay designed to fit into tight spaces. The retaining clip is built in to the socket to provide easy and secure assembly.

Features

Slim-styled power relay

Socket has built-in holddown clip

Panel or DIN rail mounting

Standards and Certifications

File # E1491, E65657

File # LR701519

Catalog Number Selection

D4 Series

1

D 4 P R 1 1 A

Family Type

D4PR

Contact Configuration

1

= SPDT

2

= DPDT

Options

Blank

= Plain cover

1

= Indicating light

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

Product Selection

D4 Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay Type

D4PR1

D4PR2

Socket

D4PA1

D4PA2

Hold-Down Clip

2

2

Notes

1

2

For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

Socket has built-in hold-down spring.

D4 Series Relay

D4 Series

Voltage/Poles

Standard

Pack

120 Vac

110 Vdc

240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

DIN Rail Sockets

Single-pole

Two-pole

10

10

SPDT with Indicating Light

120 Vac 1

110 Vdc 1

240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

1

50

50

50

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Standard SPDT

1

1

1

50

1

1

1

50

1

50

50

1

1

1

Catalog

Number

D4PA1

D4PA2

D4PR11A

D4PR11A1

D4PR11B

D4PR11P

D4PR11P1

D4PR11R

D4PR11R1

D4PR11T

D4PR11T1

D4PR11W1

D4PR1A

D4PR1A1

D4PR1P

D4PR1P1

D4PR1R

D4PR1R1

D4PR1R1-A2

D4PR1T

D4PR1T1

D4PR1W1

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Voltage/Poles

Standard

Pack

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

DPDT with Indicating Light

120 Vac 1

110 Vdc

240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

1

1

50

1

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

1

1

50

1

50 48 Vdc

Standard DPDT

120 Vac

110 Vdc

240 Vac

1

50

50

50

1

50

1

1

1

1

Catalog

Number

D4PR2A

D4PR2A1

D4PR2B

D4PR2P

D4PR2P1

D4PR2R

D4PR2R1

D4PR2T

D4PR2T1

D4PR2W1

D4PR21A

D4PR21A1

D4PR21B

D4PR21P

D4PR21P1

D4PR21R

D4PR21R1

D4PR21T

D4PR21T1

D4PR21W1

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D4 Series

Description

D4PR1

Rated load

Carry current

Max. operating voltage

Max. operating current

Contact material

Max. switching capacity

Min. permissible load

Pickup voltage (max.)

Dropout voltage (min.)

Voltage (max.)

Mechanical life (min.)

Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.)

Maximum hp ratings

D4PR2

Rated load

Carry current

Max. operating voltage

Max. operating current

Contact material

Max. switching capacity

Min. permissible load

Pickup voltage (max.)

Dropout voltage (min.)

Voltage (max.)

Mechanical life (min.)

Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.)

Maximum hp ratings

Resistive Load

(p.f. = 1)

250 Vac 10A

30 Vdc 10A

10A

380 Vac/125 Vdc

10A

AgCdO

2500 VA

300W

100 mA, 5 Vdc

80% AC/70% DC

30% AC/15% DC

110%

10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC

100,000

1/3 hp (125 Vac)

1/2 hp (250 Vac)

1/2 hp (277 Vac)

240 Vac 5A

30 Vdc 5A

5A

380 Vac/125 Vdc

5A

AgCdO

1250 VA

150W

10 mA, 5 Vdc

80% AC/70% DC

30% AC/15% DC

110%

10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC

100,000

1/6 hp (120 Vac)

1/3 hp (240 Vac)

1/3 hp (265 Vac)

Inductive Load

(p.f. = 0.4, L/R = 7 ms)

250 Vac 7.5A

30 Vdc 5A

10A

380 Vac/125 Vdc

10A

AgCdO

1875 VA

150W

100 mA, 5 Vdc

80% AC/70% DC

30% AC/15% DC

110%

10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC

100,000

1/3 hp (125 Vac)

1/2 hp (250 Vac)

1/2 hp (277 Vac)

250 Vac 2A

30 Vdc 3A

5A

380 Vac/125 Vdc

5A

AgCdO

500 VA

90W

10 mA, 5 Vdc

80% AC/70% DC

30% AC/15% DC

110%

10,000,000 AC/20,000,000 DC

100,000

1/6 hp (120 Vac)

1/3 hp (240 Vac)

1/3 hp (265 Vac)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D4PR1

0.10

(2.5)

0.08

(2.0)

1.14

(29.0)

Max.

0.51

(13.0)

Max.

0.39

(10.0)

0.79

(20.0)

1.14

(29.0)

Max.

0.30

(7.5)

0.19

(4.8)

0.20

(5.2)

0.69

(17.5)

0.02

(0.5)

0.02

(0.5)

5 – 0.035 x 0.12

(0.9 x 3)

Elliptic Holes

0.16

(4.0)

0.20

(5.2)

1

2 4 3

5

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Bottom View)

D4PA1

0.28

(7.1)

Five

3.5 x 0.32

(88.9 x 8.0)

0.08

(2.0)

0.16

(4.1)

Dia. Holes

2.82

(71.6)

Max.

1.40

(35.6)

0.77 (19.6)

1.18 (30.0)

2.13 (54.1) Max.

0.16

(4.1)

0.77

(19.6)

Max.

D4PA2

0.28

(7.1)

Eight

3.5 x 0.32

(88.9 x 8.0)

2.82

(71.6)

Max.

0.08

(2.0)

0.16

(4.1)

Dia. Holes

1.40

(35.6)

0.16

(4.1)

0.77

(19.6)

Max.

0.77 (19.6)

1.18 (30.0)

2.13 (54.1) Max.

3

4

5

2

1

Terminal Arrangement

6

5

3

4

7

8

2

1

Terminal Arrangement

D4PR2

0.01

(2.5)

1.10

(28.0)

Max.

0.79

(20.0) 0.08

(2.0)

0.10

(2.6)

0.24

(6.0)

0.35

(8.9)

0.02

(0.5)

0.76

(19.4)

1.14

(29.0)

Max.

0.51

(13.0)

Max.

0.39

(10.0)

0.02

(0.5)

0.16

(4.0)

0.02

(0.5)

0.30

(7.5)

1

2 3 4

8 7 6 5

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Bottom View)

0.17 (4.2)

Dia. Holes

1.180 0.002

(29.97 0.05)

M3 or

3.30 (0.13)

Dia. Holes

Mounting Holes

0.17 (4.2)

Dia. Holes

1.180 0.002

(29.97 0.05)

M3 or

0.13 (3.30)

Dia. Holes

Mounting Holes

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D5 Series Relay

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-83

V7-T3-83

V7-T3-85

V7-T3-86

V7-T3-87

V7-T3-88

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D5PR/D5PF Series

Product Description

The D5 Series is rated at

16A and is available in fullfeatured and plain cover styles.

Features

D5PR

Industrial rated 300V, 16A relay in two-pole and threepole configurations

Compact design can be panel or DIN rail mounted

D5PF

Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

LED status lamp shows coil ON or OFF status— ideal for use in low light applications

Push-to-Test button allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

Lock-down door holds pushbutton and contacts in the operate position when activated

Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets easily

ID tag/write label to identify relays in multiplerelay circuits

Bipolar LED allows for reverse polarity applications

Standards and Certifications

UL Listed

When used with accompanying Eaton screw terminal socket

(D5PF only)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Catalog Number Selection

D5 Series

D 5 P R 3 1 A

Family Type

D5PR

= Standard relay

D5PF

= Full featured relay

Contact Configuration

2

= DPDT

3

= 3PDT

Options

Blank

= Plain cover (D5PR only)

A

= LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover,

ID tag (D5PF only)

1

= Indicating light (D5PR only)

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

G1

= 74 Vdc

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

Product Selection

D5 Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type Socket Clip

D5PR2, D5PF2,

D5PR3, D5PF3

D5PAL

D5PA2

D5PA3L

D5PA3S

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

Module

Type

A

None

None

None

ID

Tag

PWF-D3D5

Jumper

D3PJ1

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D5 Series Relay

D5 Series

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Side Flange Cover

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vac

Full Featured

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

Plain Cover with LED

110/125 Vdc

6 Vac

6 Vdc

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

Catalog

Number

D5PR21A1

D5PR21P

D5PR21P1

D5PR21R

D5PR21R1

D5PR21T1

D5PR21W

D5PR21W1

D5PR31A

D5PR31A1

D5PR31P1

D5PR31R

D5PR31R1

D5PR31T1

D5PR31W1

D5PF2AA

D5PF2AA1

D5PF2AB

D5PF2AR1

D5PF2AT

D5PF2AT1

D5PF2AW1

D5PF3AA

D5PF3AA1

D5PF3AB

D5PF3AR1

D5PF3AT

D5PF3AT1

D5PR24B

D5PR24P

D5PR24P1

D5PR24R

D5PR24R1

D5PR24T

D5PR24T1

D5PR24W

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

18

120

470

1800

1800

1700

10,000

32

18

120

470

290

10,000

4.2

32

72

470

290

7200

4.2

32

18

120

1700

10,000

7200

120

72

7200

120

72

470

470

1800

1700

10,000

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

D5 Series Relay

D5 Series, continued

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

74 Vdc

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

48 Vdc

Plain Cover

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

74 Vdc

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

32

18

120

72

7200

4800

4.2

470

1800

1800

470

290

1800

1700

10,000

32

18

120

72

1700

10,000

7200

4800

4.2

Catalog

Number

D5PR2T1

D5PR2W

D5PR2W1

D5PR3A

D5PR3A1

D5PR3B

D5PR3G1

D5PR3P

D5PR3P1

D5PR3R

D5PR3R1

D5PR3T

D5PR3T1

D5PR3W

D5PR3W1

D5PR2A

D5PR2A1

D5PR2B

D5PR2G1

D5PR2P

D5PR2P1

D5PR2R

D5PR2R1

D5PR2T

Accessories

D5 Sockets and Accessories

Type

Module

Size

Nominal Voltage

(Max. for Sockets)

Socket

Metal spring clip

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

R/C suppressor

Write-on plastic labels

Coil bus jumpers

Plastic DIN rail end stop

A

A

A

A

A

A

A

None

None

A

A

None

300

300

300

300

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

6 to 24 Vac/Vdc

110 to 240 Vac/Vdc

Note

1

Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.

Nominal

Current

15

25

15

15

Mounting Style

DIN rail

DIN rail/panel

Chassis

Chassis

Wire Size

10 /14 (2) AWG, 6/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

(Output): 16 AWG, 1 mm 2

(Output): 16 AWG, 1 mm 2

Wire

Connection

Elevator

Screw clamping

Solder

Solder

20

20

10

10

25

20

20

20

20

10

10

10

10

20

20

Standard

Pack

10

Catalog

Number

D5PAL

1

D5PA2

D5PA3L

D5PA3S

PQC-1351

MOD-AD250

MOD-ALG24

MOD-ALG240

MOD-AMV120

MOD-AMV24

MOD-AMV240

MOD-RC24

MOD-RC240

PWF-D3D5

D3PJ1

PFP-P

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D5 Series

Description

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

D5PR

16A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

Switching current at voltage

16A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

16A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

16A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 240 Vac

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Drop-out voltage threshold

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

3 VA

1.4W

10%/15% (AC)

10% (DC)

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Storage

Operation

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

100,000 operations

5,000,000 operations

20 ms

1500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Flange/plain cover with LED

Mechanical flag indicator

(LED optional)

Product certifications RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

D5PF

16A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

16A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

16A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

16A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 240 Vac

1/3 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

3 VA

1.4W

10%/15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

5,000,000 operations

20 ms

1500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Full featured

Bipolar LED/

Mechanical flag indicator/

Locking pushbutton/

Removable ID tag

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Wiring Diagrams

D5PA3L and D5PA3S

12 32

14

34

22

24

N.C.

N.O.

11 31

21

A1

IEC

D5PR2/D5PF2 DPDT

12 22

A2

COM

INPUT

1

7

A

1

4

14 24

4

11

A1

IEC

D5PR3/D5PF3 3PDT

12 32

14

34

21

A2

22

24

7

A

11

A1

31

21

A2

1

4

7

A

NEMA

NEMA

3

6

9

B

2

5

8

2

5

8

IEC NEMA

3

6

9

B

3

6

N.C.

N.O.

9

B

COM

INPUT

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D5PR and D5PF

1.40

(35.4)

1.40

(35.4)

D5PA2

0.20

(6.1)

2.10

(53.1)

1.03

(26.0)

0.40

(10.0)

1.37

(34.9)

1.97

(50.0)

1.37

(34.9)

3.14

(80.0)

3.00

(76.0)

0.15

(3.8)

1.50

(38.0)

B

1.53

(39.0)

1.69

(43.0)

1.37

(35.0)

6 5 4

3 2

A

9 8 7

1

24

34

14

6 5 4

9

B

22

3

6

32

2

5

8

12

1

4

N.C.

N.O.

7

COM

A

INPUT

9

B

3

3

6

A2

21

INPUT

31

IEC

A1

11

2

2

5

8

B

9

INPUT

8

NEMA

A

7

1

1

4

N.C.

N.O.

7

COM

A

INPUT

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D5PA3L and D5PA3S

0.30

(7.5)

0.02

(0.5)

1.25

(31.7)

2.03

(51.0)

1.68

(42.8)

1.37

(34.7)

1.50

(38.1)

0.87

(22.2)

1

7

4

2

8

5

3

9

6

A B

0.50

(2.5)

0.16 Dia.

(4.2)

2 Holes

0.29

(7.5)

0.63

(16.2)

0.24

(6.1)

0.29

(7.5)

0.63

(16.2)

0.24

(6.1)

1.37

(34.7)

Solder Type Terminals

0.13

(3.3)

1.37

(34.7)

3/16 Q.C. Type Terminals 0.19 (4.7)

0.18

(4.7)

Typ.

Recommended

Chassis Cutout

0.28

(5.3)

0.87

(22.2)

1.39

(35.4)

0.16 (3.9)

Dia. Holes

1.27

(32.3)

1.68

(42.6)

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D5PAL

2.48

(63.0)

3.62

(92.0)

3.70

(96.0)

A2

7

21

9

24

6

22

3

31

8

34

5

32

2

11

7

14

4

12

1

21

24

31

34

11

14

22 32

12

3

9

6

B

2

8

5

1

7

4

N.C.

N.O.

COM

A

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

IEC:

NEMA:

INPUT

1.40

(36.0)

A1

2

A2

Coil Jumper

Buss

A1

INPUT

IEC

INPUT

9

6

8

5

7

4

3 2

1

3

9

6

B

2

8

5

1

7

4

N.C.

N.O.

COM

A

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

B

Coil Jumper

Buss

A

INPUT

NEMA

INPUT

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

D7 Series Relay

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-92

V7-T3-92

V7-T3-95

V7-T3-96

V7-T3-98

V7-T3-99

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D7PR/D7PF Series

Product Description

The D7 Series is a costeffective control relay with high dielectric strength and high current-carrying capacity.

Features

D7PR

Arc barrier equipped relay with high dielectric strength

Panel and DIN rail mounting

D7PF

Flag indicator shows relay status in manual or powered condition

Bipolar LED status lamp allows for reverse polarity applications

Shows coil ON or OFF status

Ideal in low light conditions

Color-coded pushbutton identifies AC coils with red or DC coils with blue pushbuttons

Allows for manual operation of relay without the need for coil power

Ideal for field service personnel to test control circuits

Lock-down door, when activated, holds pushbutton and contacts in the operate position

Excellent for analyzing circuit problems

Finger-grip cover allows operator to remove relays from sockets more easily than conventional relays

White plastic ID tag/write label used for identification of relays in multi-relay circuits

Standards and Certifications

File # E37317, E65657

File # LR217017,

LR217069

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Catalog Number Selection

D7 Series

D 7 P R 1 1 A

Family Type

D7PR

= Standard relay

D7PF

= Full featured relay

Contact Configuration

1

= SPDT

2

= DPDT

3

4

= 3PDT

= 4PDT

Options

Blank

= Plain cover (D7PR only)

A

= LED test button, flag indicator, lock-down door, finger-grip cover,

ID tag (D7PF only)

1

= Indicating light (D7PR only)

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

A1

= 110 Vdc

B

= 240 Vac

P

= 6 Vac

P1

= 6 Vdc

R

= 12 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

W

= 48 Vac

W1

= 48 Vdc

Product Selection

D7 Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type Socket/Adapter Clip

D7PR1, D7PR2,

D7PF1, D7PF2

D7PAA

D7PR3, D7PF3

D7PR4, D7PF4

D7PA9

PFC-D2D72

D7PAB

PFC-D73

D7PAD

PFC-D74

PQC-1342

PQC-1349

PQC-1342

PQC-1783

PMC-1783

PQC-1784

PMC-1784

Module

Type

B

B

A

A

None

None

None

A

A

None

ID Tag

Jumper

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D7 Series Relay

D7 Series

Coil

Voltage

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

24 Vac

24 Vdc

Full Featured

120 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

48 Vac

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

240 Vac

6 Vac

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

48 Vac

Contact

Configuration

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

3PDT

3PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

Catalog

Number

D7PF2AB

D7PF2AP

D7PF2AP1

D7PF2AR

D7PF2AR1

D7PF2AT

D7PF2AT1

D7PF2AW

D7PF2AW1

D7PF3AA

D7PF3AP

D7PF3AP1

D7PF3AR

D7PF3AT

D7PF3AT1

D7PF1AA

D7PF1AP

D7PF1AP1

D7PF1AR

D7PF1AT1

D7PF1AW

D7PF1AW1

D7PF2AA

D7PF2AA1

D7PF3AW

D7PF3AW1

D7PF4AA

D7PF4AA1

D7PF4AB

D7PF4AP

D7PF4AP1

D7PF4AR

D7PF4AR1

D7PF4AT

D7PF4AT1

D7PF4AW

D7PF4AW1

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

180

650

788

2600

2770

6

25

25.3

103

400

15,720

9.6

40

46

160

4430

9.6

40

46

650

788

2600

4430

11,000

9120

5.4

24

21.2

412

1600

2220

7340

96

84.5

388

1550

410

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

D7 Series Relay

D7 Series, continued

Coil

Voltage

Contact

Configuration

6 Vdc

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

120 Vac

240 Vac

6 Vac

12 Vac

12 Vdc

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

220/240 Vac

6 Vac

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

240 Vac

6 Vac

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

Plain Cover with LED

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

6 Vac

12 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

240 Vac

24 Vac

24 Vdc

48 Vdc

120 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

Plain Cover

120 Vac

110/125 Vdc

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

SPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

4PDT

3PDT

3PDT

3PDT

4PDT

4PDT

Catalog

Number

D7PR2P1

D7PR2R

D7PR2R1

D7PR2T

D7PR2T1

D7PR3A

D7PR3B

D7PR3P

D7PR3R

D7PR3R1

D7PR1A

D7PR1A1

D7PR1B

D7PR1P

D7PR1R1

D7PR1T

D7PR1T1

D7PR1W1

D7PR2A

D7PR2A1

D7PR2B

D7PR2P

D7PR3T

D7PR3T1

D7PR3W1

D7PR4A

D7PR4A1

D7PR4B

D7PR4P

D7PR4T

D7PR4T1

D7PR4W1

D7PR11A

D7PR11A1

D7PR11P

D7PR11R

D7PR11R1

D7PR11T

D7PR11T1

D7PR11W1

D7PR31A

D7PR31B

D7PR31T

D7PR31T1

D7PR31W1

D7PR41A

D7PR41R1

D7PR41T1

Coil Resistance

(Ohms)

2770

12100

6

25.3

100

40

46

160

180

650

2600

4430

11000

15720

9.6

4430

11000

15720

9.6

160

180

650

9120

5.4

84.5

388

1550

103

400

1600

2220

7340

4430

11,000

9.6

46

160

180

650

2600

2770

12100

103

400

1600

2220

100

388

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Accessories

D7 Sockets and Accessories

Type

Module

Size

Nominal Voltage

(Max. for Sockets)

Socket

Flange mount adapter

Metal spring clip

Plastic ID clip

Metal spring clip

Plastic ID clip

Hold-down spring

Metal spring clip

Plastic ID clip

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

R/C suppressor

Protection diode

LED indicator

MOV suppressor

Plastic DIN rail end stop

B

B

A

B

A

A

A

B

B

B

A

A

A

A

A

A

B

None

300

300

300

300

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

6 to 24 Vac/Vdc

110 to 240 Vac/Vdc

6 to 250 Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

120/240 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

Note

1

Protection category (finger safe), EN 60529: IP20.

Nominal

Current

16

10

16

16

Mounting Style

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

DIN rail/panel

Flange —

Flange —

Flange —

— —

— —

Wire Size

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm

2

12/14 (2) AWG, 4/2.5 (2) mm 2

Wire

Connection

Screw clamping

Screw clamping

Screw clamping

Screw clamping

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

20

25

25

10

25

10

25

25

10

10

20

20

20

20

Standard

Pack

1

Catalog

Number

D7PAA

1

D7PA9

D7PAD

1

D7PAB

1

25

25

PFC-D2D72

PFC-D73

PFC-D74

PQC-1342

PQC-1349

PQC-1784

PMC-1784

PYC-B2

PQC-1783

PMC-1783

MOD-AD250

MOD-ALG24

MOD-ALG240

MOD-AMV120

MOD-AMV24

MOD-AMV240

MOD-RC24

MOD-RC240

MOD-BD250

MOD-BLG24

MOD-BLG240

MOD-BMV120

MOD-BMV24

MOD-BMV240

PFP-P

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

D7PR Relay

Description

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

D7PR (SPDT)

20A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

20A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PR (DPDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

10A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PR (3PDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

3/4 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PR (4PDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

3/4 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

Switching current at voltage

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Dropout voltage threshold

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Operation

Storage

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

Product certifications

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.5 VA

1.4W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

2500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.5 VA

1.5W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

2500V (rms)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

(optional LED)

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

(optional LED)

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

(optional LED)

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Plain cover

Mechanical flag indicator

(optional LED)

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

D7PF Relay

Description

Contact Characteristics

Contact rating

Terminal style

Contact materials

Maximum switching voltage

Switching current at voltage—resistive

Switching current at voltage

Pilot duty

Minimum switching requirement

Coil Characteristics

Operating range

% of nominal (AC)

% of nominal (DC)

Average consumption

Dropout voltage threshold

Performance

Electrical life (UL 508) operations at rated current

Mechanical life operations unpowered

Response time

Dielectric strength

Between coil and contact Vac (rms)

Between poles Vac (rms)

Environment

Ambient air temperature around the device

Operation

Storage

Vibration resistance—operational

Shock resistance

Degree of protection

Features

Cover options

Features

Product certifications

D7PF (SPDT)

20A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

20A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

20A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PF (DPDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

10A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 VDC

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

1 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PF (3PDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 Vdc

3/4 hp at 250 Vac

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

D7PF (4PDT)

15A

Plug-in

Silver alloy

300V

15A at 120 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 277 Vac 50/60 Hz

12A at 28 Vdc

1/2 hp at 120 Vac

3/4 hp at 250 Vac

B300

100 mA at 5 Vdc (0.5W)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.2 VA

0.9W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

100,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

1500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.5 VA

1.4W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

2500V (rms)

85 to 110%

80 to 110%

1.5 VA

1.5W

15% (AC)

10% (DC)

200,000 operations

10,000,000 operations

20 ms

2500V (rms)

2500V (rms)

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131ºF (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185ºF (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

–40° to 131°F (–40° to 55°C)

–40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)

3 g-n at 10–55 Hz

10 g-n

IP40

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

Full featured

Locking pushbutton/

Bipolar LED/

Removable ID tag/

Mechanical flag indicator

RoHS/UL/CE/CSA

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Wiring Diagrams

D7PR1/D7PF1

12

14

11

A1

IEC

D7PR2/D7PF2

12

14

42

44

41

A2

1

5

9

13

NEMA

4

8

12

14

42

44

1

5

4

8

11

A1

IEC

D7PR3/D7PF3

12

22

14 24

41

A2

11

21

14

11

A1

A1

D7PR4/D7PF4

12 22

IEC

24

21

32

34

31

A2

42

44

41

9

13

41

A2

42

44

NEMA

1

5

9

13

12

14

9

13

1

5

2

6

10

NEMA

10

2

6

IEC

14

NEMA

4

8

12

11

3

7

12

14

4

8

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PR1/D7PF1

0.27

(7.0)

0.29

(7.4)

0.02

(0.5)

1.54

(39.1)

0.19

(4.8)

0.83

(21.0)

1.10

(27.9)

D7PR2/D7PF2

0.27

(7.0)

0.29

(7.4)

1.54

(39.1)

0.02

(0.5)

0.83

(21.0)

1.10

(27.9)

0.19

(4.8)

0.29

(7.4)

1.40

(35.5)

0.38

(9.9)

0.08

(2.1)2X

0.29

(7.4)

1.40

(35.5)

0.38

(9.9)

0.08

(2.1)2X

0.83

(21.0)

0.02

(0.5)

1.10

(27.9)

0.19

(4.8)

0.16

(4.7)

0.23

(5.9)

0.30

(7.5)

0.55

(14.1)

0.83

(21.0)

0.02

(0.5)

1.10

(27.9)

0.19

(4.8)

0.16

(4.7)

0.23

(5.9)

0.30

(7.5)

0.55

(14.1)

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PR3/D7PF3

0.27

(7.0)

0.26

(6.6)

0.02

(0.5)

1.20

(30.8)

D7PR4/D7PF4

0.27

(7.0)

1.60

(40.0)

1.54

(39.1)

0.26

(6.6)

0.19

(4.8)

0.02

(0.5)

1.60

(40.6)

0.19

(4.8)

0.29

(7.4)

0.02

(0.5)

1.20

(30.8)

1.10

(27.9)

1.40

(35.5)

0.39

(9.9)

0.39

(9.9)

0.19

(4.8)

0.19

(4.7)

0.23

(5.9)

0.26

(6.7)

0.39

(9.9)2X

0.79

(20.0)

1.10

(27.9)

0.38

(9.9)

0.38

(9.9)

0.38

(9.9)

1.40

(35.5)

0.29

(7.4)

0.02

(0.5)

0.19

(4.8)

0.16

(4.7)

0.23

(5.9)

0.26

(6.7)

1.60

(40.6)

0.38

(9.9)2X

1.18

(29.9)

1.10

(27.9)

1.10

(27.9)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PA3

1

4

10

5

6

2

3

11

Wiring Diagram (Top View)

2.74 (69.8)

2.58 (67.5) Max.

0.65

(16.6)

Combination Slotted/Phillips

Head Screws 6-32 x 5/16"

4

1.44

(36.6)

1.27

(32.5)

5

6

1

2

3

7

8

9

D7PA4

5

6

7

8

1.09

(27.8)

Max.

10

11

7

8

1.59

(40.5)

Max.

9

0.65

(16.6)

Combination Slotted/Phillips

Head Screws 6-32 x 5/16"

5

1.83

(46.5)

1.63

(41.4)

6

7

8

3

4

1

2

1

2

13

3

4

14

Wiring Diagram (Top View)

2.74 (69.8)

2.58 (67.5) Max.

9

10

11

12

1.09

(27.8)

Max.

13

14

11

12

9

10

1.98

(50.5)

Max.

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PA9 Standard Mount

0.71

(18.0)

1.02

(26.0)

2.52

(64.0)

2.73

(69.0)

4

8

14

12

1.03

(26.0)

1.17

(29.0)

13

9

5

1

0.16

(4.0)

1.26

(32.0)

44 14

42 12

4

8

12

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

14 13

INPUT

A2 A1

INPUT

41

IEC

11

8 5

4 1

4

8

12

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

14 13

INPUT

14 13

INPUT

12 9

NEMA

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PAA

1.18

(30.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.33

(84.0)

1.57

(40.0)

0.16

(4.0)

44

8

42

4

14

5

12

1

INPUT

A2

IEC:

NEMA:

INPUT

A1

14 13

41

12

11

9

0.24

(6.0)

2.67

(68.0)

3.14

(80.0)

44 14

4

8

12

42 12

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

14 13

INPUT

8 5

4

8

12

4 1

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

14 13

INPUT

A2

MODULE

INPUT

A1

INPUT

14

41

11 12

MODULE

INPUT

13 INPUT

9

IEC NEMA

1.06

(26.0)

1.18

(30.0)

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PAB

1.18

(30.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.33

(84.0)

0.16

(4.0)

1.57

(40.0)

1.10

(28.0)

44

8

42

4

24

6

22

2

INPUT

A2

14

41

12

21

10

IEC:

NEMA:

INPUT

A1

13

11

9

14

5

12

1

44

24

14

2.67

(68.0)

0.24

(6.0)

3.14

(80.0)

42 22 12

4

8

12

14

2

6

10

13

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

A2

41

INPUT

21

A1

11

IEC

8

6

5

4 2

1

4

8

12

14

2

6

10

13

1

5

N.C.

N.O.

9

COM

INPUT

MODULE

INPUT

14

12

INPUT

10

13

9

NEMA

1.45

(37.0)

1.57

(40.0)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D7PAD

1.18

(30.0)

0.74

(19.0)

3.33

(84.0)

0.16

(4.0)

1.57

(40.0)

INPUT

A2

14

41

12

44

8

42

4

31

11

1.41

(36.0)

1.81

(46.0)

34

7

32

3

IEC:

NEMA:

INPUT

A1

13

21

10

11

9

1.96

(50.0)

24

6

22

2

14

5

12

1

44 34 24 14

4

8

12

42

3

7

11

32

2

6

10

22

1

5

9

12

N.C.

N.O.

COM

INPUT

A2

41

MODULE

INPUT

A1

31

INPUT

21

IEC

11

2.67

(68.0)

3.14

(80.0)

0.24

(6.0)

8

7

6 5

4

8

12

4

3

7

11

3

2

6

10

2 1

1

5

9

N.C.

N.O.

COM

INPUT

14

12

MODULE

INPUT

13

11

INPUT

10 9

NEMA

3.4

3.4

D8 Series Relay

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-107

V7-T3-107

V7-T3-108

V7-T3-109

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-116

D8 Series

Product Description

The D8 Series power relays are perfect for loads up to

30A, with versions for flange mounting and e-clip mounting available.

Features

Allows switching of 25A and 30A loads

A high-capacity, highwithstand voltage relay compatible with momentary voltage drops

No contact chattering for momentary voltage drops up to 50% of rated voltage

UL Class B construction standard

Wide-range AC-activated coil that handles 100 to 120

Vac at either 50 or 60 Hz

Panel, DIN rail and flange mounting

Standards and Certifications

File # E1491

File # LR701520

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Catalog Number Selection

D8 Series

1

D 8 P R 6 T E A

Family Type

D8PR

Contact Configuration

6

= SPST-NO

7

= DPST-NO

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

B

= 240 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

Options

TE

= E-bracket

TF

= Flange mount

Product Selection

D8 Relay/Socket Quick Reference

Relay

Type

D8PR6TE

D8PR7TE

Mounting

Bracket

D8PA5

D8PA5

Adapter Track/

Panel Mount

D8PA1

D8PA1

D8 Series Relay

Front Connecting

Sockets Track/

Panel Mount

D8PA2

D8PA2

D8 Series

2

Type

SPST E-Bracket

Coil voltage

24 Vac

24 Vdc

SPST Flange Mount

120 Vac

24 Vdc

DPST E-Bracket

Coil voltage

120 Vac

DPST Flange Mount

120 Vac

24 Vdc

Sockets

DIN rail adapter

Screw terminal adapter

Bracket adapter

Accessory

DIN rail end stop

Standard

Pack

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

10

10

10

Catalog

Number

D8PR6TET

D8PR6TET1

D8PR6TFA

D8PR6TFT1

D8PR7TEA

D8PR7TFA

D8PR7TFT1

D8PA1

D8PA2

D8PA5

100

PFP-M

Notes

1

For deciphering catalog numbers. Do not use for ordering as not all combinations are readily available.

2

Additional coil voltages available—consult Sales Office or Customer Support Center.

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

Coil Resistance

Coil Voltage

24 Vac

110/120 Vac

220/240 Vac

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

Ohms

303

5260

21,000

75

303

mA

71

20.4

10.2

158

79

D8 Relays

Description

Rated load

Carry current

Max. operating voltage

Max. switching current

Contact material

Max. switching capacity

Min. permissible load

Mechanical life (min.)

Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.)

Maximum hp ratings

D8PR6

220 Vac 30A

30A

250 Vac

30A

AgCdO

6600 VA

100 mA at 5 Vdc

5,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

1-1/2 hp (120 Vac)

3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)

Coil Data

Coil Voltage

24 Vdc/Vac, 12 Vdc

120 Vac

240 Vac

Must Operate

75% maximum

75V

150V

Must Release

15% minimum

18V

36V

D8PR7

220 Vac 25A

25A

250 Vac

25A

AgCdO

5500 VA

100 mA at 5 Vdc

5,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

1-1/2 hp (120 Vac)

3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)

Maximum Voltage

110%

132V

264V

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D8PR6TF

2.70 (68.5) Max.

2.36 (60.0)

1.99 (50.5)

Max.

0.25 (6.4) 0.03

(0.8)

1.32 (33.5)

Max.

0.43

(11.0)

0.08 (2.0)

1.85

(47.0)

Max.

0.12 (3.0)

D8PR7TF

2.70 (68.5) Max.

2.36 (60.0)

1.99 (50.5)

Max.

0.25 (6.4)

0.43

(11.0)

0.12

(3.0)

0.18

(4.5)

0

4 6

1

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Top View)

0.03

(0.8)

1.32 (33.5)

Max.

0.08 (2.0)

1.85

(47.0)

Max.

0.18

(4.5)

0

2 4 6

1

8

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Top View)

Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes or M4 Tapped Holes

2.362 0.007

(60.0 0.2)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes or M4 Tapped Holes

2.362 0.007

(60.0 0.2)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D8PR6TE with D8PA5 Bracket Attached

2.07 (52.5) Max.

1.99

(50.5) Max.

0.25 (6.4)

0.03

(0.8)

1.32 (33.5)

Max.

0.43

(11.0)

0.08 (2.0)

2.09

(53.0)

Max.

0

4 6

1

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Top View)

D8PR7TE with D8PA5 Bracket Attached

2.07 (52.5) Max.

1.99

(50.5) Max.

0.25 (6.4)

0.03

(0.8)

1.32 (33.5)

Max

0.43

(11.0)

0.08 (2.0)

2.09

(53.0)

Max.

0

2

1

4 6 8

Terminal Arrangement/

Internal Connections

(Top View)

D8PA1

Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes or M4 Tapped Holes

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

Two 0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes or M4 Tapped Holes

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

Two M4 or

0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes

2.03

(51.5)

Max.

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

2.19 (55.5)

Max.

1.39 (35.2)

Max.

0.20

(5.0)

0.57

(14.5)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

Note:

Minimum spacing around relay = 0.20 inches (5 mm).

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D8PA2

Two M3.5 Screws for Coil

0.31 (8.0)

Four M4 Screws for Contact 1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

2.19 (55.5)

Max.

0.36 (9.2)

Two M4 or

0.18 (4.5) Dia. Holes

2.03

(51.5)

Max.

0.98

(25.0)

1.81 (46.0)

Max.

0.20

(5.0)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

3.4

D8PA5

Two

0.18 (4.5)

Dia. Holes

1.57

(40.0)

Two M4 or 0.18 (4.5)

Dia. Holes

1.81

(46.0)

1.574 0.003

(40.0 0.1)

Mounting

Holes

(Bottom View)

0.94

(24.0)

0.27

(7.0)

0.20

(5.0)

1.18

(30.0)

1.20 (50.0)

0.94

0.70

(17.8)

(24.0)

1.02

(26.0)

0.17

(4.4)

0.39

(10.0)

0.12

(3.0)

0.20

(5.0)

0.78

(19.7)

PFP-M DIN Rail End Stop

M4 Spring Washer

M4 x 8 Pan

Head Screw

0.45

(11.5)

0.24

(6.2)

0.07

(1.8)

0.07

(1.8)

1.39

(35.3)

1.97

(50.0)

0.19

(4.8)

0.39

(10.0)

0.39

(10.0)

0.05

(1.3)

1.47

(37.3)

3.4

D9 Series Relay

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-113

V7-T3-113

V7-T3-114

V7-T3-116

D9 Series

Product Description

The four-pole D9 Series is ideal for three-phase motor applications. Various contact configurations are available.

Features

Ideal for three-phase motor control applications

No contact chattering for momentary voltage drops up to 50% of rated voltage

Push-to-Test button is a standard feature to check contact operation

Mounting bracket is supplied with relay

Catalog Number Selection

D 9 P R 8 B A

Family Type

D9PR

Contact Configuration

8B

= 4PST-NO

9B

= 3PST-NO/SPST-NC

10B

= DPST-NO/DPST-NC

Coil Voltage

A

= 120 Vac

B

= 240 Vac

R1

= 12 Vdc

T

= 24 Vac

T1

= 24 Vdc

Standards and Certifications

File # E1491

File # LR701520

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

Product Selection

D9 Series

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

4PST-NO Power Relay

Coil voltage

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

24 Vdc

3PST-NO/SPST-NC Power Relay

120 Vac

Technical Data and Specifications

Coil Resistance

Coil Voltage

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

Ohms

D9PR Specifications

Description

Rated load

Carry current

Max. operating voltage

Max. switching current

Max. switching capacity

Min. permissible load

Mechanical life (min.)

Electrical life at all contact ratings (min.)

Maximum hp ratings

mA

75

21.6

10.8

D9PR8BT

D9PR8BA

D9PR8BB

D9PR8BT1

D9PR9BA

DPST-NO/DPST-NC Power Relay

Coil voltage

24 Vac

120 Vac

24 Vac

Coil Voltage

12 Vdc

24 Vdc

110 Vdc

NO Contacts

Resistive Load (p.f. = 1)

220 Vac 25A

30 Vdc 25A

25A

250 Vac/125 Vdc

25A

5500 VA

750W

100 mA at 24 Vdc

1,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

1-1/2 hp (120 Vac)

3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)

Three-phase 3 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 30,000 cycles

Three-phase 5 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 30,000 cycles

Ohms

72

288

6050

mA

167

83

18

D9PR10BT

D9PR10BA

D9PR10BT1

NC Contacts

Resistive Load (p.f. = 1)

220 Vac 8A

30 Vdc 8A

8A

250 Vac/125 Vdc

8A

1760 VA

240 W

100 mA at 24 Vdc

1,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

1-1/2 hp (120 Vac)

3 hp (240/265/277 Vac)

Three-phase 3 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 30,000 cycles

Three-phase 5 hp (240/265/277 Vac) 30,000 cycles

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Coil Data

Coil Voltage

24 Vdc/Vac, 12 Vdc, 110 Vdc

120 Vac

240 Vac

Terminal Arrangements

Must Operate

75% maximum

75V

150V

14

24

34

44

A2

D9PR8

13

23

33

43

A1

14

24

34

42

A2

D9PR9

13

23

33

41

A1

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D9PR

Screw Terminal Brackets

Ten M3.5

1.36

(34.5)

Max.

0.30

(7.6)

0.17

(4.3)

2.17

(55.2)

1.70

(43.2)

2.52

(64.0)

Max.

14

24

34

42

A2

D9PR10

13

23

33

41

A1

2.03

(51.5)

Max.

0.08

(2.0)

Two M4 or

0.18 (4.5) Dia.

1.378 0.004

(35.0 0.1)

Mounting Holes

(Bottom View)

Must Release

10% minimum

18V

36V

Maximum Voltage

110%

132V

264V

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Mounting Bracket

1.37

(35.0)

Two M4 or

0.18 (4.5) Dia.

Mounting Holes

Two M4

0.95

(24.0)

1.378 0.004

(35.0 1.0)

1.18

(30.0)

0.35

(9.0)

1.10

(28.0)

1.14

(29.0)

0.28

(7.0)

1.73

(44.0)

0.17

(4.4)

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Accessories

Contents

Description

D1PR/D1PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D2PR/D2PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D3PR/D3PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D4 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D5PR/D5PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D7PR/D7PF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D8 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D9 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories

MOD Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Relay Clips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Coil Bus Jumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags . . . . . . . . . . . .

Flange Mount Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-53

V7-T3-58

V7-T3-68

V7-T3-78

V7-T3-82

V7-T3-91

V7-T3-106

V7-T3-112

V7-T3-117

V7-T3-118

V7-T3-120

V7-T3-120

V7-T3-121

Accessories

Accessories Selection Guide

Eaton offers a variety of simple-to-install relay accessories that allow you to customize the features of a relay system to meet your exact needs.

The MOD Module System

Eaton’s plug-in modules are a simple way to add functionality to your relay without the hassle of messy wiring and additional mounting of external electronics. They are available in a variety of configurations to meet the needs of almost any application.

Circuit Diagrams

Diode Circuit LED Circuit

System Diagrams

The MOD Module System

A2 A1

+

The diode module protects external drive circuitry from inductive voltages generated when removing coil voltages.

RC Circuit

A2 A1

+

The LED status lamp verifies that power is being supplied to the coil. Ideal for both AC and DC applications. Polarity sensitive for DC applications.

Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)

Circuit

A2 A1

Snubs back EMF of relay coil.

A2 A1

The MOV circuit protects by shunting potentially damaging electrical spikes away from the relay coil. Ideal for AC and DC applications.

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

3.4

MOD Modules

Eaton’s relay accessories provide a complete solution for add-on modules and identification tags.

MOD-AD250

MOD-RC_

MOD Modules

Module

Size Description

A Protection diode

Nominal Voltage

6–250 Vdc

Catalog

Number

MOD-AD250

Mating

Sockets

D3PA6, D3PAL8,

D3PA7, D3PAL11,

D5PAL, D7PAB,

D7PAD

R/C suppressor 6–24 Vac

110–240 Vac

MOD-RC24

MOD-RC240

MOD-ALG_

MOD-AMV_

MOD-BD250

B

MOD-BLG_

MOV suppressor 24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

MOD-AMV24

MOD-AMV120

MOD-AMV240

Protection diode 6–250 Vdc

MOD-BD250

D1PAA, D2PAL,

D2PAP, D2PA7,

D7PAA

LED indicator 24 Vac

120/240 Vac

MOD-BLG24

MOD-BLG240

MOD-BMV_

LED indicator 24 Vac

120/240 Vac

MOD-ALG24

MOD-ALG240

MOV suppressor 24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

MOD-BMV24

MOD-BMV120

MOD-BMV240

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Relay Clips

Eaton offers a variety of relay clips designed to improve the performance and functionality within an electrical panel.

Metal Hold-Down Clips

Metal hold-down clips, or spring clips, are ideal for use where high heat or humid conditions are a factor. These clips hold their shape and tension and are designed to withstand harsh environments. All clips are made of corrosionresistant stainless steel.

PMC-1781

PQC-1782

PQC-1342

Metal Hold-Down Clips

Catalog

Number Mating Sockets

PMC-1781

D1PAA

PQC-1782

PQC-1342

D2PAL, D2PAP, D2PA7

D2PA6, D7PAA, D7PA9

PQC-1332 PQC-1332

D3PA6, D3PA7

Mating Relays

D1PR, D1PF

D2PR2, D2PF2, D2PR3, D2PF4

D2PR4, D2PF4

D3PR2, D3PF2, D3PR3, D3PF3

PQC-1351

PQC-1351

PQC-1783

PQC-1783

D3PAL8, D3PA2, D3PAL11, D3PA3,

D5PAL, D5PA2, D5PA3L, D5PA3S

D3PR2, D3PF2, D3PR3, D3PF4, D5PR, D5PF

D7PAB D7PR1, D7PF1, D7PR2, D7PF3

PQC-1784 PQC-1784

D7PAD D7PR4, D7PF4

PYC- _

PYC-A1

PYC-B2

D2PA4

D7PA3, D7PA4

D2PR5

D7PR1, D7PR2, D7PR4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Plastic Ejector/

Hold-Down Clips

These clips are great for applications where sockets are located in dense or tight areas. They allow for quick, safe and firm securing of relays in the sockets with the added benefit that the relay can be ejected with one finger. Plastic clips also aid in keeping operators’ fingers away from live circuits. The optional snap-in identification tag allows for custom marking of sockets when used in multi-socket applications.

Plastic ID Clips

Plastic ID clips allow for easy circuit identification in multirelay applications. They are designed for labeling and are not ideal for securing the relay in the socket.

PWC-D24

PQC-1349

Plastic Ejector/Hold-Down Clips

Catalog

Number Mating Sockets

PWC-D24

D2PAL, D2PAP, D2PA7

Plastic ID Clips

Catalog

Number Mating Sockets

PQC-1349

D7PAA

Mating Relays

D2PF2, D2PF4

Mating Relays

D7PF1, D7PF2

3.4

PMC-1783 PMC-1783

D7PAB D7PF1, D7PF2

PMC-1784 PMC-1784

D7PAD D7PF4

3.4

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Coil Bus Jumpers

Eaton’s coil bus jumpers allow inputs to be bridged to adjacent sockets without additional wiring, making multi-relay connections quick and easy. The easy-to-install design requires no tools and can be complete in a matter of seconds.

System Diagrams

Coil Bus Jumpers

1

D2PJ1

Coil Bus Jumpers

Catalog

Number Mating Sockets

D2PJ1

D2PAL, D2PAP

D3PJ1

D3PJ1

D3PA6, D3PA7, D5PAL

Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags

These convenient plastic labels snap easily onto the relay socket for clear identification in multi-relay panels. The hinged design makes wiring simple and allows for angular adjustment of the tag to improve readability in the panel.

Marking with a standard permanent marker creates a smudge-free surface.

PWF-D2P

PWF-D3D5

Write-On Plastic Labels/ID Tags

Catalog

Number Mating Sockets

PWF-D2P

D2PAL, D2PAP

PWF-D3D5

D3PAL8, D3PAL11, D5PAL

Note

1 Jumpers in photo are colored green to improve visibility, actual jumpers are black.

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Plug-In Relays

Flange Mount Adapters

Eaton’s relay flange mount adapters create a modular approach to flexible mounting options. Each lowcost adapter allows for panel mounting of a standard control relay and can eliminate the need for a socket.

Unit with Flange Mount

Adapter

PFC-D11

PFC-D2D72

Flange Mount Adapters

Catalog

Number Mating Relay

PFC-D11

D1PF1, D1PR1

PFC-D2D72

D2P, D7PF2, D7PR2

3.4

PFC-D73 PFC-D73

D7PF3, D7PR3

PFC-D74

PFC-D74

D7PF4, D7PR4

3.5

9575H Series 3000 Relay

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Open Style Relays

Contents

Description

9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-123

V7-T3-123

V7-T3-124

V7-T3-125

9575H Series 3000—Type AA, AC and DC

Product Description

Type AA panel-mounted relays are rated (each pole)

40A up to 300 Vac, 50/60 Hz;

5A at 480/600 Vac, 50/60 Hz and 40A at 28 Vdc.

Application Description

9575H Series 3000 relays are ideal for applications when controlling smaller loads, such as single-phase motors.

Standards and Certifications

UL listed, E1491

CSA 41729

CE: EN60947-4-1,

EN60947-5-1

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Open Style Relays

Product Selection

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number and magnet coil code letter. Example: for

DPDT relay with auxiliary switch and a 120V 50/60 Hz coil, order Catalog Number

9575H3A010.

9575H Series 3000

Relay

Type AA Relays

1

Relay Style

Relay (DPDT)

Relay with auxiliary switch

Relay with blowout magnets

Relay with auxiliary switch and blowout magnets

Catalog

Number

2

9575H3_000

9575H3_010

9575H3_100

9575H3_110

Coil Voltage Selection

Coil Voltage

Volts AC

120

240

480/440

600/550

208

277

6

110

220

6

12

12

24

48

Volts DC

24

48

Hz

50/60

50/60

60/50

60/50

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

Suffix Code

D

E

H

J

A

B

C

K

L

M

P

Q

R

S

T

W

3.5

Accessories

Enclosure

3

Description

NEMA 1 Enclosure

Catalog

Number

9575H2449

Notes

1

2

There are no “repair parts” available for these relays.

Underscore indicates missing code suffix for magnet coil—see Selection table above.

3

Only 9575H3 relays without an auxiliary switch should be mounted in the 9575H2449 enclosure.

3.5

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Open Style Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

Relay Specifications

Coil

Pull-in voltage: 80%

DC coils, 85% AC coils of nominal voltage or less at 25ºC

Dropout voltage: 10% of nominal voltage or more at 25ºC

Coil resistance: ±10% measured at 25ºC

Max. DC coil dissipation capability: 4 watts DC continuous at 25ºC

Contacts

Contact combination:

DPDT

Contact rating each pole

(main contacts): Each pole rated 40 amps up to 300

Vac, 50/60 Hz, 5 amps at

480/600 Vac 50/60 Hz,

0.75 PF load. 1-1/2 hp motor load (each pole) at

120–600 Vac, 50/60 Hz.

2 hp motor load at

200–600 Vac, 50/60 Hz only when using both poles to switch both sides of load, 40 amps at 28 Vdc resistive load each pole.

NEMA A 600 pilot duty

50/60 Hz

Additional contact ratings for relays with blowout magnets: 10A at 110 Vdc resistive, 4A at 225 Vdc resistive, 2A at 325 Vdc resistive. For inductive loads, contacts must be derated accordingly.

Contact material: Silver cadmium oxide, gold flashed. 5/16 in

(7.9 mm) diameter standard

Dielectric Withstanding Voltage

Between open contacts:

1500 V rms

All other mutually insulated conductive elements:

2200 V rms

Miscellaneous

Coil terminals: 6–32 screws

Contact terminals: 8-–32 screws

Main base material:

Molded phenolic, UL recognized (QMFZ2)

Weight (DPDT Relay):

11 oz (311 grams) approximately

Weight (DPDT Relay with auxiliary switch) 14.5 oz

(411 grams) approximately

Auxiliary Switch Specifications

Contact combination:

SPDT

Contact rating: Auxiliary switch rated 10 amps at

125 or 250 Vac, resistive load; 1/4 hp at 125 or 250

Vac, motor load; 0.4 amps at 125 Vdc or 0.20 amps at

250 Vdc, resistive load; 3 amps at 125 Vac lamp load.

All AC ratings are 50/60 Hz

Dielectric withstanding voltage: 500 Vac rms between open contacts,

1500 Vac rms between all other mutually insulated conductive elements

Terminals: 4–40 round head screws for auxiliary contacts standard

Average Operating Times (Milliseconds)

Operation DPDT Relay DPDT Relay with Auxiliary Switch

Pickup

Dropout

40

35

50

35

Temperature Ranges

Temperature AC

Operating range

Non-operating range

–30º to 55ºC

–30º to 100ºC

DC

–30º to 55ºC

–30º to 100°C

Control Relays and Timers

General Purpose Open Style Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

9575H3 DPDT Relay

Mounting Holes 0.187 (4.75) Dia. (2 Places)

8-32 Machine Screw on

Contact Terminals (6 Places)

2.25

(58.7)

Max.

1.87 (47.5)

2.50 (63.5)

0.38

(9.5)

1.62

(41.1)

3.12 (79.2) Max.

6-32

Machine Screw on Coil

Terminals

(2 Places)

9575H2449

0.56"

(4.3)

3.31"

(84.2)

1.88"

(47.6)

0.218"

(5.5)

Dia.

0.230" (5.8)

Square Hole

3.55"

(90.1)

4.50"

(114.3)

5.63"

(142.9)

0.50"

(2.7)

0.159" (4) Dia.

10-32 Tap

Typ. 4 Places

0.136" (3.4) Dia.

8-32 Tap

Typ. 2 Places

0.218" (5.5) Dia.

Typ. 2 Places

2.00"

(50.8)

0.36" (9.1)

Typ. 2 Places

3.00"

(76.2)

9575H3 DPDT Relay with Auxiliary SPDT Switch

Mounting Holes 0.187 (4.75) Dia. (2 Places)

8-32 Machine Screw on

Contact Terminals (6 Places)

2.25

(58.7)

Max.

1.87 (47.5)

2.50 (63.5)

Mounting Holes (2)

0.38

(9.5)

1.62

(41.1)

3.12 (79.2) Max.

6-32

Machine Screw on Coil

Terminals

(2 Places)

NC

10A 1/4 hp 125 OR 250 Vac

0.4A at 125 Vdc, 0.2A at 250 Vdc

3A 125 Vac “LAMP”

NO

278 VA 125/250 Vac P.D.

COM

AUX. SWITCH

MARKING SURFACE

Insulators

(2 Sides)

0.20"

(5.1)

4.44 (112.7) Max.

RELAY TOP VIEW

Screw Terminals

(4-40) RHMS with External

Tooth Lockwashers

(3 Places)

3.5

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Solid-State Relays

Product Overview

Catalog Number Selection

Solid-State Relays—D93, D96 and D99 Series

Description

D93

= Hockey puck

D96

= Compact

D99

= DIN rail

Note

1

For D96208ACZ3, output voltage is 3–150 Vdc.

Contents

Description

Solid-State Relays

D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-127

V7-T3-134

V7-T3-139

D 9 3 3 2 5 A M D 2

Output Voltage

1

= 2–60 Vdc

2

= 24–280 Vac

1

3

= 3–200 Vdc

4

= 48–480 Vac

6

= 48–600 Vac

Current

Output current in amps

Contact Configuration

A

= SPST-NO

B

= SPST-NC

C

= DPST-NO

D

= DPST-NC

Input Voltage

1

= 90–280 Vac

2

= 3–32 Vdc

3

= 3.5–32 Vdc

4

= 4–15 Vdc

5

= 20–50 Vdc

Turn On Type

Z

= Zero cross

R

= Random

D

= DC switch

Output Type

C

= SCR

T

= Triac

M

= MOSFET

V7-T3-126 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

D93 Series—Solid-State Relays

Contents

Description

D93 Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-128

V7-T3-128

V7-T3-129

V7-T3-133

V7-T3-134

V7-T3-139

D93 Series

Product Description

Eaton’s D93 series of solidstate relays is a line of heavyduty industrial relays in the common “hockey puck” package. The removable, finger-safe cover and optional accessories make the D93 safe and easy to install in a variety of applications.

Models are available in a variety of input voltages and switch types up to 75A.

Application Description

A solid-state relay (SSR) can perform many applications that an electromechanical relay can perform. The SSR differs in that it has no moving mechanical parts within it and has some distinct advantages over an electromechanical relay.

When used correctly in the intended application, the SSR provides a high degree of reliability, a long service life, significantly reduced electromagnetic interference, fast response and high vibration resistance.

Applications for the SSR typically include equipment that requires high cycling rates, low acoustical or electrical noise, or high vibration resistance. Some examples are medical equipment, heating/cooling equipment, lighting control and pumps/compressors, among others.

Features and Benefits

All solid-state circuitry with no moving parts to wear

Compact, panel mounting for flexible installation

Isolated input and output terminals to protect the system from electrical noise

Internal snubber circuitry to protect the SSR from transients

Standards and Certifications

UL/cUL recognized—

UL 508

CSA certified

CE marked

RoHS compliant

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-127

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

D93210ACZ1

D93 Series

Input Voltage

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

Accessories

D93HS1

Output Voltage

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

3–200 Vdc

3–200 Vdc

3–200 Vdc

D93 Series—Heat Sink

Eaton’s D93HS1 heat sink is specifically designed to be used with D93 solid-state relays. It is pre-drilled and tapped, and matches the heat dissipation requirements for relays up to 50A.

Heat Sink Accessory

Description

Catalog

Number

Heat sink

D93HS1

Note:

Always ensure that all details of the application are considered when determining heat dissipation requirements, including ambient temperature.

The D93 relays must be firmly mounted to the heat sink using a suitable thermally conductive grease or thermal transfer pad.

Contact

Configuration

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

D93TP1

Switching Type

Zero cross

Zero cross

Triac

Zero cross

Zero cross

Triac

Zero cross

Zero cross

Triac

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

MOSFET

MOSFET

MOSFET

V7-T3-128

Rated Current

Load (Amps)

50

50

75

75

25

40

40

40

12

25

40

10

10

10

25

25

Catalog Number

D93210ACZ1

D93210ACZ2

D93210ATZ2

D93225ACZ1

D93225ACZ2

D93225ATZ2

D93240ACZ1

D93240ACZ2

D93240ATZ2

D93250ACZ1

D93250ACZ2

D93275ACZ1

D93275ACZ2

D93312AMD2

D93325AMD2

D93340AMD2

D93 Series—Thermal

Transfer Pad

The D93TP1 is a selfadhesive transfer pad designed for use with

Eaton’s D93 solid-state relays. When used properly, it will adequately conduct the heat to a heat sink without the use of grease.

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

Technical Data and Specifications

D93 Series

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Peak blocking voltage

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Rated insulation voltage—input to input

Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Weight

LED—input

Input terminals

Output terminals

Terminal torque (max.)

Units

A

A

A mA

V/us

A

A mA

Vpk

Vac

Vac

V ohms mA ms ms

Vac

Vac

°C

°C

°C/W g (oz)

Nm

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

3.5

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

D93210ACZ1

600

1.6

1.6

72

200

8

4.5

50

83

24

8

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

10 AC

13k

20

NA

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

3.5

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

D93210ACZ2 D93210ATZ2

300

1.6

1.6

300

250

80

10

250

16

8

120

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

700

16

8

250

SPST-NO

Triac

10

Zero cross

1000

50

10

1.35

1.6

1700

1 DC

Current regulator

2

Yes

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

D93225ACZ1

600

1.6

1.6

312

500

16

8

120

SPST-NO

SCR

25

Zero cross

250

40

8

10 AC

13k

20

NA

D93225ACZ2 D93225ATZ2

600

1.6

1.6

250

250

40

10

500

16

8

120

SPST-NO

SCR

25

Zero cross

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

1 DC

1.5k

2

Yes

1.6

1.6

300

250

16

8

120

SPST-NO

Triac

25

Zero cross

250

80

10

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.45

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.02

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.02

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.45

100 (3.5)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-129

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D93 Series, continued

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Peak blocking voltage

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Rated insulation voltage—input to input

Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Weight

LED—input

Input terminals

Output terminals

Terminal torque (max.)

Units

A

V/us

A

A mA

A

A mA

Vpk

Vac

Vac

V ohms mA ms ms

Vac

Vac

°C

°C

°C/W g (oz)

Nm

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

0.9

100

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

D93240ACZ1

80

10

600

1.6

30

14

250

625

1.6

1250

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

500

10 AC

13k

20

N/A

V7-T3-130

D93240ACZ2

1 DC

ACL

16

Yes

80

10

600

1.6

30

14

250

625

1.6

1250

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

500

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

0.9

100

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

D93240ATZ2

1 DC

1.5k

2

Yes

80

10

600

1.6

20

14

50

250

1.6

438

SPST-NO

Triac

40

Zero cross

250

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

0.95

100

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

D93250ACZ1

100

10

600

1.1

39

14

250

520

1.8

1250

SPST-NO

SCR

50

Zero cross

500

10 AC

13k

20

NA

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

0.63

135 (4.8)

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

0.63

135 (4.8)

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

D93250ACZ2

100

8

600

1.8

39

14

250

520

1.8

1250

SPST-NO

SCR

50

Zero cross

500

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

D93 Series, continued

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Peak blocking voltage

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Units

A

V/us

A

A mA

A

A mA

Vpk

Vac

Vac

V ohms mA ms ms

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Weight

LED—input

Input terminals

Output terminals

Terminal torque (max.)

°C

°C

°C/W g (oz)

Nm

D93275ACZ1

150

10

600

1.8

1.8

5000

500

39

25

250

1150

SPST-NO

SCR

75

Zero cross

10 AC

13k

20

NA

D93275ACZ2

150

10

600

1.8

1.8

5000

500

39

25

250

1150

SPST-NO

SCR

75

Zero cross

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

D93312AMD2

1 DC

1k

10

No

NA

8

1.6

2.83

NA

NA

NA

NA

20

27

SPST-NO

MOSFET

12

DC switching

D93325AMD2

1 DC

1k

10

No

NA

8

1.6

2.83

NA

NA

NA

NA

20

50

SPST-NO

MOSFET

25

DC switching

8.3

8.3

8.3

8.3

300 μs

1

600 μs

2.6

600 μs

2.6

4000 4000 4000 4000 4000

4000 4000 2500 2500 2500

UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

0.6

200

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

0.63

135 (4.8)

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.06

110 (3.9)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

1.06

110 (3.9)

Green

M3.5

M4

1.0

–40 to 100

–40 to 80

IP20

0.63

135 (4.8)

Green

M3.5

M6

1.0

D93340AMD2

1 DC

1k

10

No

NA

8

1.6

2.83

NA

NA

NA

NA

20

90

SPST-NO

MOSFET

40

DC switching

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-131

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Temperature Derating Curves

10 Amp Styles

16

14

6" x 6" x 1/8" aluminum plate

12

10

8

6

Heat sink with 1°C/W thermal resistance

4

Free air mounting

2

0

20° 40°

60°

80°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

100°

25 Amp Styles

40

35

Mounted on heat sink with

1°C/W thermal resistance

(sink to ambient)

30

25

20

15

10

5

5" x 6" x 1/8" aluminum plate

1.5°C/W

20° 40° 60° 80°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

100°

V7-T3-132

40 and 50 Amp Styles

90

80

Mounted on heat sink with

1°C/W thermal resistance

70

50

40

0.14°C/W (50A)

5" x 6" x 1/8" aluminum plate

30

20

10

0

20° 40° 60° 80°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

100°

75 Amp Styles

75

90

60

95

5" x 6" x 1/8" aluminum plate

45

100

0.14°C/W

40

30

20

10

0

0° 10°

20°

30°

40° 50°

60°

70°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

80°

105

110

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D93 Series

2.28

(57.9)

0.66

(16.8)

0.6

(15.1)

1.74

(44.1)

Screw Terminals

0.18

(4.4)

1.4

(35.9)

1.87

(47.5)

2.28

(57.9)

3.6

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-133

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D96 Series—Solid-State Relays

D96 Series

Product Description

Eaton’s D96 series of solid-state relays is a technologically advanced set of electronic relays for tough applications and harsh environments. The compact

17.5 mm wide package with an integrated heat sink provides easy mounting in tight spaces.

Application Description

A solid-state relay (SSR) can perform many applications that an electromechanical relay can perform. The SSR differs in that it has no moving mechanical parts within it and has some distinct advantages over an electromechanical relay.

When used correctly in the intended application, the SSR provides a high degree of reliability, a long service life, significantly reduced electromagnetic interference, fast response and high vibration resistance.

Applications for the SSR typically include equipment that requires high cycling rates, low acoustical or electrical noise, or high vibration resistance. Some examples are medical equipment, heating/cooling equipment, lighting control and pumps/compressors, among others.

Contents

Description

D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D96 Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D99 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-127

V7-T3-135

V7-T3-136

V7-T3-138

V7-T3-139

Features and Benefits

All solid-state circuitry has no moving parts to wear

Integral heat sink eliminates the need for added accessories and installation

Flexible mounting allows

DIN rail or panel mounting without additional hardware or tools

Isolated input and output terminals protect the system from electrical noise

Internal snubber circuitry protects the SSR from transients

Standards and Certifications

UL/cUL listed—UL 508

CSA certified

CE marked

RoHS compliant

V7-T3-134 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

Product Selection

D96115ACZ3

D96 Series

Input Voltage

3.5–32 Vdc

3.5–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

Output Voltage

3–50 Vdc

3–150 Vdc

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

48–480 Vac

48–480 Vac

48–480 Vac

48–480 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

Contact

Configuration

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NC

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

Switching Type

DC switch

DC switch

Random

Random

Zero cross

Zero cross

Random

Random

Random

Zero cross

Zero cross

Random

Zero cross

Zero cross

Rated Current

Load (Amps)

10

10

10

10

10

15

8

10

10

10

10

10

10

10

Catalog Number

D96115ACZ3

D96208ACZ3

D96210ACR1

D96210ACR2

D96210ACZ1

D96210ACZ2

D96210BCR2

D96410ACR1

D96410ACR2

D96410ACZ1

D96410ACZ2

D96610ACR1

D96610ACZ1

D96610ACZ2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-135

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Technical Data and Specifications

D96 Series

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk)

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Rated insulation voltage—input to input

Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Integral heat sink

Weight

LED—input

Terminal wire capacity

Terminal torque (max.)

Units

A

V

V mA

A

A mA

A

A

V

V/us

V ohms mA ms ms

Vac

Vac

°C

°C

D96210ACZ1 D96210ACZ2 D96210ACR1 D96210ACR2 D96115ACZ3 D96208ACZ3 D96210BCR2

50

500

24

10

1.25 AC

1.6 AC

1250

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

40

80

2500

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

°C/W

°C/W g (oz)

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

AWG (mm 2 ) 14 (2.1) in-lb (Nm) 7.1 (0.8)

50

500

24

10

1.25 AC

1.6 AC

1250

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

8.3

8.3

2500

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

50

500

24

10

1.25 AC

1.6 AC

1250

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Random turn on

50

500

24

10

1.25 AC

1.6 AC

1250

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Random turn on

20

50

24

10

1.25 DC

1.6 DC

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

SPST-NO

MOSFET

15

DC switching

1 DC 10 AC

Current regulator 16–25k

16

Yes

12

NA

8.3

8.3

4000

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

1 DC

ACL

16

Yes

8.3

8.3

4000

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

5

5

2500

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

20

35

17

10

1.25 DC

1.6 DC

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

SPST-NO

MOSFET

8

DC switching

1 DC 1 DC 1 DC

Current regulator Current regulator ACL

12

Yes

12

Yes

12

Yes

5

5

2500

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

50

500

24

10

1.25 AC

1.6 AC

1250

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NC

SCR

10

Random turn on

8.3

8.3

4000

2500

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.66

4.0

127 (4.1)

Green

14 (2.1)

7.1 (0.8)

V7-T3-136 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

Temperature Derating Curves

8 Amp Style

35

30

25

20

15

10

8

5

1.5

0

85°

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

10 Amp Style

14

12

10

8

6

4

1.8

2

0

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Max. Ambient Temperature (°C)

15 Amp Style

24

18

15

12

9

6

3

0

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-137

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D96 Series

0.69

(17.6)

0.20

(5.0)

0.56

(14.2)

0.27

(6.9)

3.54

(90.0)

2.63

(66.8)

1.78

(45.3)

0.63

(16.0)

1.36

(34.6)

2.56 Max.

(65.0)

0.24

(6.0)

1.40

(35.6)

0.13

(3.4)

0.62

(15.8)

0.55

(14.9)

V7-T3-138

3.64

(92.4)

0.20

(5.0)

0.56

(14.3)

0.07

(1.7)

1.39

(35.2)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

D99 Series—Solid-State Relays

Contents

Description

D93 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D96 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D99 Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-127

V7-T3-134

V7-T3-140

V7-T3-141

V7-T3-144

D99 Series

Product Description

Eaton’s D99 series of solidstate relays is a line of heavy-duty industrial relays with an integrated heat sink.

The attached metal hardware can be used for DIN rail or panel mounting.

Models are available in a variety of input voltages in

10A, 25A and 40A sizes.

Application Description

A solid-state relay (SSR) can perform many applications that an electromechanical relay can perform. The SSR differs in that it has no moving mechanical parts within it and has some distinct advantages over an electromechanical relay.

When used correctly in the intended application, the SSR provides a high degree of reliability, a long service life, significantly reduced electromagnetic interference, fast response and high vibration resistance.

Applications for the SSR typically include equipment that requires high cycling rates, low acoustical or electrical noise, or high vibration resistance. Some examples are medical equipment, heating/cooling equipment, lighting control and pumps/compressors, among others.

Features and Benefits

All solid-state circuitry has no moving parts to wear

Integral heat sink eliminates the need for added accessories and installation

Flexible mounting allows

DIN rail or panel mounting without additional hardware or tools

Isolated input and output terminals protect the system from electrical noise

Internal snubber circuitry protects the SSR from transients

Standards and Certifications

UL/cUL listed—UL 508

CSA certified

CE marked

RoHS compliant

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-139

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

D99210ACZ1

D99 Series

Input Voltage

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

90–280 Vac

3–32 Vdc

V7-T3-140

Output Voltage

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

24–280 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

48–600 Vac

Contact

Configuration

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

SPST-NO

Switching Type

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Zero cross

Rated Current

Load (Amps)

25

40

40

40

10

10

25

10

10

25

25

40

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Catalog Number

D99210ACZ1

D99210ACZ2

D99225ACZ1

D99225ACZ2

D99240ACZ1

D99240ACZ2

D99610ACZ1

D99610ACZ2

D99625ACZ1

D99625ACZ2

D99640ACZ1

D99640ACZ2

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

Technical Data and Specifications

D99 Series

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk)

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Rated insulation voltage—input to input

Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Integral heat sink

Weight

LED—input

Terminal wire capacity

Terminal torque (max.)

Units

A mA

A

A

A

A

V

V/us mA

Vac

Vac

V ohms mA ms ms

Vac

Vac

°C

°C

D99210ACZ1

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

°C/W

°C/W g (oz)

1.5

2.2

320 (11.3)

Green

AWG (mm

2

) 8 (10) in-lb (Nm) 12.5 (1.4)

10

1.25

1.6

83

50

83

24

35

500

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

1.5

2.2

320 (11.3)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

D99210ACZ2 D99225ACZ1

10

1.25

1.6

83

50

83

24

35

200

8

4.5

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

35

500

16

8

SPST-NO

SCR

25

Zero cross

120

800

40

10

1.35

1.8

3700

1 DC

Current regulator

12

Yes

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

D99225ACZ2 D99240ACZ1

16

8

35

500

SPST-NO

SCR

25

Zero cross

120

800

40

10

1.35

1.8

3700

10

1.6

1.6

3700

20

14

35

500

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

250

800

100

1 DC

Current regulator

12

Yes

10 AC

13k

16

NA

D99240ACZ2

10

1.6

1.6

83

35

500

20

14

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

250

800

100

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

1.5

2.2

320 (11.3)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

326 (11.5)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

1.5

2.2

320 (11.3)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

10

10

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

332 (11.7)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-141

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D99 Series, continued

Description

Output Characteristics

Contact configuration

Switching device

Current rating

Switching type

Maximum zero turn-on voltage (Vpk)

Maximum rate of rise off state voltage (DV/DT)

Incandescent lamp ampere rating (rms)

Motor load rating (rms)

Min. load current to maintain on

Non-repetitive surge current (1 cycle)

Max. rms overload current (1 second)

Max. off state leakage current (rms)

Typical on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. on state voltage drop (rms)

Max. I

2 t for fusing (A

2

)

Input Characteristics

Must release voltage

Typical input impedance

Nominal input current at 5 Vdc or 240 Vac

Reverse polarity protection

Performance Characteristics

Operating time (response time)

ON

OFF

Rated insulation voltage—input to input

Dielectric strength—terminal to chassis

Environment

Product certifications

Ambient air temperature

Storage

Operating

Degree of protection

Miscellaneous Characteristics

Thermal resistance (junction to case)

Integral heat sink

Weight

LED—input

Terminal wire capacity

Terminal torque (max.)

Units

A

A

A

V

V/us

A

A mA mA

Vac

Vac

V ohms mA ms ms

Vac

Vac

°C

°C

D99610ACZ1

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

8.33

8.33

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

°C/W

°C/W g (oz)

1.8

2.2

320 (11.3)

Green

AWG (mm 2 ) 8 (10) in-lb (Nm) 12.5 (1.4)

83

24

10

1.25

200

8

4.5

80

1.6

83

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

35

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

1.8

2.2

321 (11.3)

Green

9 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

D99610ACZ2 D99625ACZ1

83

24

10

1.25

200

8

4.5

80

1.6

83

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

35

700

16

8

250

1000

50

10

1.35

1.6

1700

SPST-NO

SCR

25

Zero cross

35

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

10 AC

16–25k

12

NA

D99625ACZ2 D99640ACZ1

1000

50

10

1.35

700

16

8

250

1.6

1700

SPST-NO

SCR

10

Zero cross

35

800

100

10

1.6

500

20

14

250

1.6

3700

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

35

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

10 AC

13k

16

NA

D99640ACZ2

800

100

10

1.6

500

20

14

250

1.6

3700

SPST-NO

SCR

40

Zero cross

35

1 DC

Current regulator

16

Yes

8.33

8.33

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

326 (11.5)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

8.3

8.3

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

326 (11.5)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

10

10

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

332 (11.7)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

10

10

4000

4000

UL, CSA, CE

–40 to 100

–30 to 80

IP20

0.43

2.2

332 (11.7)

Green

8 (10)

12.5 (1.4)

V7-T3-142 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3.6

Temperature Derating Curves

10 Amp Styles

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Ambient Temperature (°C)

25 Amp Styles

25

20

15

10

5

0

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Ambient Temperature (°C)

40 Amp Styles

40

30

25

20

15

10

0

0° 10° 20° 30° 40° 50° 60° 70° 80° 90°

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-143

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3.6

Control Relays and Timers

Solid-State Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D99 Series

4.20

(107.0)

0.20 (5.0)

Radius

0.50 (11.9)

1.20

(30.0)

3.20

(80.0)

3.10

(77.5)

3.70

(92.9)

4.00

(102.0)

V7-T3-144

0.05

(1.20)

0.20 (5.0)

Radius

1.20

(30.0)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

Machine Tool Relays

Product Overview

Eaton’s machine tool relay offering includes a variety of

NEMA type relays. Included in this are open style relays and relays with convertible or side-mount contacts. Also included in this family are a variety of accessories to match the application, including suppressors, timing contacts and enclosures. The relay coils are available in a variety of line and control level voltages.

Contents

Description

Machine Tool Relays

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-146

V7-T3-151

V7-T3-157

V7-T3-162

V7-T3-167

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-145

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole

Product Description

Contact poles on the D15 relay are of the fixed design and are not convertible. The basic four-pole relay will accept a front-mounted contact pole deck and/or sidemounted contact blocks (one per side). In addition, a sidemounted solid-state timer or a front-mounted pneumatic timer can be added to the relay. Only one frontmounted attachment can be added to the basic relay.

Application Description

Side-mounted contact blocks can be used to provide additional poles in applications where a pneumatic timer is installed on the front of the relay.

They can also be used where panel depth is restricted.

The maximum number of contacts recommended per relay is eight, six of which can be NC. When a pneumatic timer is used, the maximum recommended number of

NC contacts is three.

Relays with DC coils are supplied with a coil clearing

NC contact mounted on the side of the relay.

Contents

Description

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-147

V7-T3-148

V7-T3-149

V7-T3-150

V7-T3-151

V7-T3-157

V7-T3-162

V7-T3-167

Features and Benefits

600V, 10A continuous thermal current

State indicator visually shows relay ON or OFF status

Relay base has mounting holes on 35 x 60 mm centers, permitting direct replacement of competitive relays

Relay also mounts on

35 mm DIN rail as standard

Magnet coil has three terminals, permitting either top or diagonal wiring— easy to replace European or U.S. relays without changing wiring layout

Contact pole terminals have captive, backed-out, self-lifting pressure plates with ± screws—reduced wiring time

All terminals are shrouded or “finger-proofed” to reduce possibility of electrical shock

Standards and Certifications

UL

CSA certified

V7-T3-146 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

Product Selection

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number and magnet coil code letter. Example: For a four-pole relay having

4NO contacts with a 120V 60 Hz coil, order Catalog Number D15CR40

A

B.

D15CR40_B

Factory-Assembled Multipole Relays

Number of

Poles

Type of Contacts

NO NC

4 4

3

2

1

0

0

1

2

3

4

Open Type

Catalog Number

1

D15CR40_B

D15CR31_B

D15CR22_B

D15CR13_B

D15CR04_B

3.7

D15CR60_B

D15CR80_B

6

(four-pole relay with two-pole front-mounted deck)

8

(four-pole relay with four-pole front-mounted deck)

7

6

5

0

8

4

3

2

4

3

2

1

6

5

1

2

3

6

0

4

5

6

2

3

4

5

0

1

D15CR60_B

D15CR51_B

D15CR42_B

D15CR33_B

D15CR24_B

D15CR15_B

2

D15CR06_B

2

D15CR80_B

D15CR71_B

D15CR62_B

D15CR53_B

D15CR44_B

D15CR35_B

2

D15CR26_B

2

Additional Contact Poles

Description

Front Contact Pole Deck

1NO-1NC

2NO

2NC

1NO (early closing)–1NC (late opening)

4NO

3NO-1NC

2NO-2NC

1NO-3NC

4NC

Side-Mounted Contact Blocks

1NO-1NC

2NO

2NC

1NO (early closing)–1NC (late opening)

Catalog

Number

C320KGT3

C320KGT4

C320KGT5

C320KGT7

C320KGT13

C320KGT14

C320KGT15

C320KGT16

C320KGT17

C320KGS3

C320KGS4

C320KGS5

C320KGS7

Notes

1

2

Underscore indicates missing code suffix for magnet coil—see Magnet Coil Selection table above.

Not all suffix codes available: consult Customer Support Center.

Magnet Coil Selection

AC Coils

Volts and Hertz

Code

Suffix

120/60 or 110/50

240/60 or 220/50

480/60 or 440/50

600/60 or 550/50

208/60

277/60

208–240/60

24/60

E

H

J

T

A

B

C

D

DC Coils

Volts

12

24

48

120

Code

Suffix

R1

T1

W1

A1

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-147

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Accessories

C320 Pneumatic

Timer Attachment

Pneumatic Timer Attachment

Timing Range

Catalog

Number

0.1 to 30 seconds

10 to 180 seconds

C320TP1

C320TP2

Maximum Ampere Ratings

Description

Volts AC

120 240

Make

Break

30

3

15

1.5

480

7.5

0.75

600

6

0.6

Attachment mounts on top of any Freedom Series relay

(top-mounted auxiliary contacts can not be installed on device when timer is used). Timer unit has DPST timed contacts—circuits in each pole must be the same polarity. Units are convertible from OFF to ON delay or vice-versa.

Finger Protection Shields

Application

Catalog

Number

D15

C320LS1

Snap-on shields for both contactors and starters provide IEC Type IP20

Finger Protection. Prevents accidental contact with line/ load terminals.

Adhesive Dust Cover

Description

25 to a package

These adhesive stickers come 25 to a package and provide extra protection from contaminants when applied to the sides of Freedom D15.

Adhesive covers are easily

Catalog

Number

C320DSTCVR

applied to side opening where auxiliaries are not installed and provide extra protection from metal filings and other debris.

Solid-State Timer

Solid-State ON DELAY Timer

1

Timing Range

Catalog

Number

234

0.1 to 1.0 seconds

1 to 30 seconds

30 to 300 seconds

5 to 30 minutes

C320TDN1_

C320TDN30_

C320TDN300_

C320TDN3000_

This timer is designed to be

wired in series with the load

(typically a coil). When the START button is pushed

(power applied to timer), the

ON delay timing function starts. At the completion of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized.

C32MP1

Metal Mounting Plate

Description

Metal mounting plate

Catalog

Number

C321MP1

Fits all D15 multipole relays.

DIN Rail

Mounting Channel (DIN Rail)

Description

Catalog

Number

1 meter length

XBANS3575P

Designed for DIN rail mounting of Freedom

Series relays.

C320TS2

Transient Suppressor Kits

Description

Coil Voltage

50/60 Hz

5

Transient

Suppressor

24/120V

208/240V

277/480V

Catalog

Number

C320TS1

C320TS2

C320TS3

These kits limit high voltage transients produced in the control circuit when power is removed from the contactor or starter coil. There are three separate suppressors for use on 24–120V, 208–240V or 27–

480V coils respectively.

These devices mount directly to the coil terminals.

Notes

1

2

3

4

5

Side mounted on Freedom Series NEMA 00–2, D15, IECA-K and C25D, C25E and C25F frame.

Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number;

A

= 120V,

B

= 240V,

E

= 208V.

Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.

Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.

Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.

V7-T3-148 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

C320DC

AC/DC Interface Module—

Controller Coil Voltage Ranges

Controller Catalog

Number Prefix

Controller

Size or Rating

Coil Range

Volts AC

AE16, AE17, AE56,

AE57, CE15, CE55

AN16, AN56,

CN15, CN55

CN35

A–F

G–K

L–N

00–0

1–2

3

10–30A

60A

100A

24–240

48–240

110–240

24–240

48–240

110–240

24–240

48–240

110–240

Technical Data and Specifications

Contact Ratings—NEMA A600

Continuous Thermal Rating: 10A

AC Volts Make

120

240

480

600

60

30

15

12

Contact Ratings—NEMA P300

Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A

DC Volts Make/Break Amperes

125

250

1.1

0.55

Break

6.0

3.0

1.5

1.2

Magnet Coil Data

AC

Voltage

Pickup

VA

12–600V 80

DC

Voltage

12

24

48

120

Pickup

Amps

6.4

3.2

1.6

0.64

Watts

49

Watts

76.8

76.8

76.8

76.8

Sealed

VA

7.5

Sealed

VA

0.28

0.14

0.07

0.028

Watts

2.4

Watts

3.36

3.36

3.36

3.36

The Catalog Number C320DC

Interface Module is an optically isolated solid-state switch that provides a means of operating AC coils with a

24 Vdc control signal. It acts as a space-saving interposing relay that can switch a specified 50/60 Hz AC source to the contactor or starter coil.

The module may be directly attached to the coil terminals of any Freedom Series contactor or starter—NEMA

Sizes 00–3, D15, IEC Sizes

A–N and lighting contactors

10–100A. It also has

Typical Application—Solid-State Switch

Contactor Coil

24 Vdc

Input

Observe

Polarity on

Module

24–240 Vac

50/60 Hz provisions for DIN rail mounting.

The module will operate coils within the voltage ranges shown in the table to the left.

Design Characteristics

DC input: 24V ±10% at mA nominal

AC operating voltage:

24–240 Vac ±10%

50/60 Hz

AC current rating:

10A make (inrush),

1A break (sealed)

Example of Terminal Marking with 2NO and 2NC Contacts

Location

Status

(NO or NC)

13 21 31 43

14 22 32 44

Relay terminals are identified by a two-digit number in accordance with International

Standards approved by

CENELEC (European

Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization).

The number is marked on the relay and is used to identify location and status of the contacts.

The first digit indicates the location of the contact on the relay. The numbering begins with 1 and continues without a break from left to right.

The second digit indicates the status of the contacts

(NO or NC). Terminal marking

1 and 2 mean NC and 3 and

4 mean NO.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-149

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D15 Four-Pole Relay

0.54

(13.7)

0.54

(13.7)

1.8

(45.7)

C

1.36

(34.5)

Mtg. Holes for

M4 or #8 Screws

1.36

(34.5)

Mtg. Holes for

M4 or #8 Screws

2.36

(59.9)

Frt.

Mtd.

Acc.

Side

Mtd.

Blk.

Optional Additional

Contact Poles or Accessories

D15 Six- and Eight-Pole Relays

0.54

(13.7)

0.54

(13.7)

1.8

(45.7)

2.36

(59.9)

Frt.

Mtd.

Acc.

Side

Mtd.

Blk.

Dimensions and Shipping Weights

Description

Relay only

Relay with timer attachment

Relay with front contact pole deck

Dimension C

3.30 (83.8)

5.55 (141.0)

4.66 (118.4)

4.66

(118.4)

Optional Additional

Contact Poles or Accessories

2.96

(75.2)

2.96

(75.2)

Shipping Weights

Lbs (kg)

1.3 (0.6)

1.5 (0.7)

1.7 (0.8)

V7-T3-150 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial Control

Contents

Description

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole . . . . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial

Control

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-146

V7-T3-152

V7-T3-154

V7-T3-155

V7-T3-156

V7-T3-157

V7-T3-162

V7-T3-167

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial Control

Product Description

Type BF is AC operated, 300V maximum, and the BFD is DC operated, 250V. Fixed contact relays are available in any combination of NO and NC from two to 12 poles. BF and

BFD relays have captive clamp terminals fully accessible from the front, a molded coil with low operating temperature and silver alloy contacts suitable for low voltage circuits.

Features and Benefits

Wiring to Relay

In parallel with coil—one timed and up to 12 instantaneous contacts, or

In series with coil—up to 12 timed contacts in one relay

Permanent Magnet Latch

Field mountable on Catalog

Number BF; factory installed on BFD

Latch coil continuously rated

Latch plunger adjustable for optimum performance

Standards and Certifications

UL recognized, UL File No.

E19223 (AC relays only)

CSA certified, File No.

LR39402-6, LR28548-10,

11 (AC and DC relays)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-151

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number of basic relay

If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table and substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: BF80

V

for a 110/60 AC coil

Type BF

Type BFD

Complete Relay—Type BF and BFD, Two-, Three-, Four- and Six-Pole

1

Number of Poles

Type of Contact

NO (Form A) NC (Form B)

BF 300 Vac Basic Relays

120/60, 110/50 AC Coil

Catalog

Number

BFD 250 Vdc Basic

Relays

120 DC Coil

Catalog

Number

2

3

4

6

4

3

2

0

1

0

6

5

0

4

3

2

0

3

2

1

2

1

2

3

4

6

3

4

0

1

3

0

1

2

2

0

0

1

1

2

BF13F

BF04F

BF60F

BF51F

BF42F

BF33F

BF24F

BF06F

BF20F

BF11F

BF02F

BF30F

BF21F

BF12F

BF03F

BF40F

BF31F

BF22F

BFD13S

BFD04S

BFD60S

BFD51S

BFD42S

BFD33S

BFD24S

BFD06S

BFD20S

BFD11S

BFD02S

BFD30S

BFD21S

2

BFD12S

BFD03S

BFD40S

BFD31S

BFD22S

Coil Voltage

BF Coils

Volts AC

12

24

48

110

110/120

208

220/240

440

Hz

60

60

60

60

50/60

60

50/60

60

Suffix Code

H

I

J

V

F

K

G

C

BFD Coils

Volts DC

72

95

120

130

240

6

12

24

38

48

Suffix Code

E

B

S

U

T

C

D

L

N

M

Notes

1

Relays listed above with equal number of NO and NC contact poles are specially priced—1NO and 1NC pole are supplied at no additional charge.

2 Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

V7-T3-152 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number of basic relay

If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table and substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: BF80

V

for a 110/60 AC coil

Type BF

Type BFD

Complete Relay—Type BF and BFD, Eight-, 10- and 12-Pole

1

Number of Poles

8

10

12

Type of Contact

NO (Form A)

7

6

0

10

8

8

7

6

5

4

5

4

7

6

12

8

5

4

2

NC (Form B)

8

0

2

3

4

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

0

4

7

8

5

6

8

BF 300 Vac Basic Relays

120/60, 110/50 AC Coil

Catalog

Number

BF120F

BF84F

BF75F

BF66F

BF57F

BF48F

BF80F

BF71F

BF62F

BF53F

BF44F

BF08F

BF100F

BF82F

BF73F

2

BF64F

BF55F

BF46F

BF28F

BFD 250 Vdc Basic

Relays

120 DC Coil

Catalog

Number

BFD80S

BFD71S

BFD62S

BFD53S

BFD44S

BFD08S

BFD100S

BFD82S

2

BFD73S

BFD64S

BFD55S

2

BFD46S

BFD28S

BFD120S

BFD84S

BFD75S

BFD66S

BFD57S

BFD48S

Coil Voltage

BF Coils

Volts AC

12

24

48

110

110/120

208

220/240

440

Hz

60

60

60

60

50/60

60

50/60

60

Suffix Code

F

K

G

C

I

H

J

V

BFD Coils

Volts DC

48

72

95

120

6

12

24

38

130

240

Suffix Code

U

T

B

S

M

E

C

D

L

N

Notes

1

Relays listed above with equal number of NO and NC contact poles are specially priced—1NO and 1NC pole are supplied at no additional charge.

2

Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

3.7

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-153

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Permanent Magnet

Latch, Relay Mounted

Permanent Magnet Latch

Coil

Volts Coil Hz

24

48

120

240

AC Relays

24 60

48

110/120

60

50/60

220/240

DC Relays

50/60

Catalog

Number

BFMLI

2

BFMLJ

2

BFMLF

BFMLG

BFMLL

BFMLM

BFMLS

BFMLT

Options

FASTON Push-On Terminals

Description

Insert letter

F

after relay type designation in listed catalog number. Example: BF

F

20F or BFD

F

20S

Code

Letter

F

Catalog

Number

Overlapping Contacts

Description

NO contact closes before corresponding NC contact opens— supplied as NO/NC set(s). Insert letter

A

after relay type designation in listed catalog number. Example: BF

A

22F or BFD

A

F22S

Code

Letter

A

Catalog

Number

V7-T3-154

NEMA 1 Enclosure for Relay Types

Description

BF, AR—all poles

BFD—4–8 poles

ARD—4–8 poles

Notes

1

2

For panel mount, add Suffix

F

.

Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

Code

Letter

Catalog

Number

4977D40G04

4977D40G04

4977D40G04

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

Technical Data and Specifications

General Specifications

BF Relay Electrical Ratings—NEMA A300

Volts

Maximum Current

Cont.

Make

120

240

10

10

60

30

1

3

Horsepower Ratings (UL Recognized)

AC Volts

Phase 115 230

1/6

1/2

1

Resistive Rating

125 Vdc

250 Vdc

3A

1.5A

Coil Power Requirements

AC

DC

72 VA open, 22 VA closed

12 watts (nominal), 250V max.

Break

6

3

Maximum VA

Make

7200

7200

Break

720

720

DC Rating—NEMA P300

Maximum Current

Volts Cont.

Make

125

250

5.0

5.0

1.1

0.55

Permanent Magnet Latch Specifications

Item Specification

Unlatching power requirements Open gap: 24 VA AC

Closed gap: 7 VA

Burden: 4 watts (AC)

Break

1.1

0.55

Max. Make or Break (VA)

138

138

3.7

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-155

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Contact Arrangements—BF and BFD Relays

2 Poles 3 Poles

Rear

Front

6 Poles

Note:

NO = Normally Open NC = Normally Closed

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

BF Relay with Permanent

Magnet Latch and Solid-

State Timer

BFD Relay with Solid-State

Timer

3.13

(79.5)

Rear

Center

Front

10 Poles

A

B

C

1.97

(50)

3.13

(79.5)

Rear

Front

Rear

Center

D

Front

E

8 Poles

12 Poles

1.69

(42.9)

4

8

12

BF and BFD Relay Dimensions

Number of Poles

A

BF Only

B

BF w/Latch

C

BF w/Timer

3.22 (81.8)

4.19 (106.4)

4.81 (122.2)

6.22 (158.0)

7.19 (182.6)

7.81 (198.4)

5.88 (149.4)

6.88 (174.8)

7.50 (190.5)

D

BFD Only

4.03 (102.4)

4.97 (126.2)

5.63 (143.0)

E

BFD w/Timer

7.06 (179.3)

8.00 (203.2)

8.66 (220.0)

4 Poles

Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD

2.83

(71.9)

5.66

(143.8)

1.05

(26.7)

1.72

(43.7)

1.72

(43.7)

0.19 (4.8)

KO KO KO

KO

6.59

(167.4)

4.5

(114.3)

0.25 (6.4) Dia.

Mtg. Holes (3)

0.63

(16)

KO

KO KO KO

1.69 (42.9)

3.38 (85.9)

0.38 x 0.5

(9.7 x 12.7)

Conduit

(2 Top, 2 Bottom)

A

NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD Dimensions

Poles

Catalog

Number

A

NEMA 1

Relays without Attachments

All

BF, AR, ARD

4 – 8

10, 12

BFD

BFD

Relays with Attachments

All

BF, AR, ARD

5.34 (135.6)

5.34 (135.6)

7.97 (202.4)

7.97 (202.4)

V7-T3-156 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact Industrial Control

Contents

Description

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole . . . . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-146

V7-T3-151

V7-T3-158

V7-T3-159

V7-T3-159

V7-T3-160

V7-T3-161

V7-T3-162

V7-T3-167

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact Industrial Control

Product Description

The AR/ARD relays are electromechanical convertible contact relays. AR relays are

AC devices and the ARD is for DC applications.

Application Description

Type AR and ARD relays are designed for use on machine tools, process lines, conveyors and similar automatic and semiautomatic equipment.

Features and Benefits

Permanent Magnet Latch

By energizing the relay coil, the latch attachment “sets”

(when the base relay’s armature/crossbar assembly has closed) holding the relay

ON, even after the relay coil has been de-energized. The clearing coil on the latch is energized to release the armature/crossbar assembly.

Field mountable to four- and six-pole

Latch plunger is adjustable

Latch coil continuously rated

Unlatching power requirements

Open gap: 24 VA

Closed gap: 7 VA

Burden: 4 watts AC, 6 watts DC

Surge Suppressor

Mounts in contact cavity of

AR relays

Limits high transient voltages resulting from deenergizing relay coil or other electromechanical devices

Protects sensitive instruments and solid-state devices

120 Vac maximum, not used on Vdc

For noise suppression, see

Catalog Number SS-56 starter mounted surge suppressor.

Operation

AR relays are available in either four- or six-pole configurations. AR relays are easily converted to eight- or

10-poles simply by adding a four-pole deck. In addition, mechanical latch attachments are available with four- and six-pole relays.

Contacts are convertible from

NO to NC, to provide any combination desired up to a maximum of 10. For the ARD, the number of poles cannot exceed

four

NC in any pole configuration. Wide spacing of contacts simplifies installation, contact testing and maintenance. Contacts are electrically and mechanically isolated from each other.

Overlap contacts are also available in one or two sets.

These contacts should be mounted in the center pole positions. AC and DC contact cartridges should not be used in the same relay.

Standards and Certifications

UL File No. E19223

CSA File No. LR39402-6,

LR54517 and LR54520

Reference Information

ART, ARTD: IL 14510,

IL 14485

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-157

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number of basic relay with 120/60, 110/50 AC coil from AR/ARD Relays table.

If a coil voltage other than listed is required, select the suffix code from the Coil Voltage table below and substitute it for the last letter in the catalog number. Example: AR64

V

for a 110/60 AC coil.

AR/ARD Relays

AR/ARD Relays

Number of Poles

4

6

8 1

10

1

Contact

NO

6

8

10

4

0

0

2

4

6

NC

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

2

0

0

0

6

4

2

2

0

Blank

Cavities

AR 600 Vac Relays

120/60, 110/50 AC Coil

Catalog

Number

AR4A

AR420A

AR440A

AR6A

AR640A

AR660A

AR860A

AR880A

AR10100A

ARD 600 Vdc Relays

120 DC Coil

Catalog

Number

ARD4S

ARD420S

ARD440S

ARD6S

ARD660S

ARD860S

2

ARD880S

ARD10100S

Coil Voltage

AR Coils

Volts AC

12

24

48

110

110/120

208

220/240

277

380/440

440/480

550

550/600

Hz

60

60

60

60

50/60

60

50/60

60

50/60

50/60

60

50/60

Suffix Code

A

B

W

C

I

F

G

V

H

X

D

E

ARD Coils

Volts DC

120

130

240

12

24

48

95

Suffix Code

S

U

T

D

L

M

B

Contact Cartridges—600V

Terminal

Type

AC Cartridges

With clamp terminals

With screw terminals

DC Cartridges

With clamp terminals

With screw terminals

Standard Contact

Cartridge

Catalog

Number

ARC

ARCR

3

ARDC

ARDCR

Notes

1

Will not accept top-mounted latch or timers.

2

Contact Customer Support Center for availability.

3

Standard cartridges are sold in cartons of four cartridges. Catalog number is for single cartridge.

4

Overlap contact cartridges are sold in sets of two cartridges. Catalog number is for sets of two.

Overlap Contact

Cartridge

Catalog

Number

4

AROC

AROCR

ARDOC

ARDOCR

V7-T3-158 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

ARML Permanent

Magnet Latch for

AR/ARD Relays

Permanent Magnet Latch

Operating

Volts Coil Hz

24

48

120

240

For AC Control Circuits

24 60

48

120

240

60

60/50

60/50

For DC Control Circuits

Catalog

Number

ARMLI

ARMLG

ARMLA

ARMLW

ARMLL

ARMLM

ARMLS

ARMLT

Accessories

Four-Pole Top Deck Adder

Increases contact capacity from four/six-poles to eight/10-poles

Mounts on top of basic relay using three screws

Will not interfere with wiring, testing or convertible cartridges

Screw terminals for ring connectors available; to order, add

Suffix

R

to catalog number listed below

Four-Pole Top

Deck Adder

Four-Pole Top Deck Adder

Contacts

No. of

Poles NO NC

Blank

Cavities

With 600 Vac Cartridges

4 2

4

0

0

2

0

With 600 Vdc Cartridges

4 2 0 2

4 0 0

Catalog

Number

ARA20

ARA40

ARDA20

ARDA40

ARSS Surge

Suppressor for

AR Relays

Surge Suppressor

Surge Suppressor

Catalog

Number

ARSS

Options

Convertible Contacts

Description

AR and ARD relays listed are supplied with NO contacts that are easily converted to NC. If both NO and NC poles are required, order by catalog number. Example: four-pole relay with 1NO and 3NC contacts, order AR4

13

A.

Code

Letter

1

Screw Terminals

Description

For ring-type connectors, add suffix

R

to the catalog number.

Example: AR420A

R

.

Code

Letter

R

Catalog

Number

Catalog

Number

Overlapping Contacts

Description

Code

Letter

NO contact closes before corresponding NC contact opens — supplied as NO/NC sets of two cartridges. Insert letter

S

after relay type designation in listed catalog number. Example:

AR402A

S

. Specify the number of sets required:

S

for one set and

S2

for two sets.

S

or

S2

1

Catalog

Number

Note

1

Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-159

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Technical Data and Specifications

120

240

480

600

General

Contact Ratings—600 Vac Cartridge NEMA A600

Maximum Current

Volts Cont.

Make

10

10

10

10

60

30

15

12

DC Cartridges—NEMA P600

Maximum Current

Volts

125

250

600

Voltage

Pickup voltage (max.)

Dropout voltage (min.)

Voltage (max.)

Continuous

5

5

5

Resistive Rating

125 Vdc

250 Vdc

3A

1.5A

Coil Power Requirements

AC

DC

96 VA open, 14 VA closed

14 watts open, 250V max.

Make or

Break

1.10

0.55

0.20

AR Relays

85%

60%

110%

V7-T3-160

Break

6

3

1.5

1.2

Maximum VA

Make or

Break

138

138

138

ARD Relays

65%

15%

110%

Maximum VA

Make

7200

7200

7200

7200

Break

720

720

720

720

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Four- and Six-Pole with Four-Pole Adder, Solid-State Timer and Mechanical Latch

3.44 (87.4)

2.75 (69.9)

Latch

2.88 (73.2)

4.09 (103.9)

2.88 (73.2)

S.S. Timer

Adder Deck

Base Relay

A

B

C

D

3.13

(79.5)

1.44 (36.6)

End View, 4- and 6-Pole

(2) for 0.164 Screws of Mounting Slots

(2) for 0.164 Screws

Side View, 4-Pole

2.05

(52.1) of Mounting Slots

(2) for 0.164 Screws

Side View, 6-Pole

Four- and Six-Pole with Four-Pole Adder, Solid-State Timer and Mechanical Latch

Relay

Catalog

Number

A

Four-, Six-Pole Relays

B

Relay Adder

C

Relay with Timer

D

Relay with Latch

AR

ARD

3.56 (90.4)

4.63 (117.6)

4.94 (125.5)

6.00 (152.4)

6.00 (152.4)

7.06 (179.3)

6.39 (162.3)

7.45 (189.2)

Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD

2.83

(71.9)

5.66

(143.8)

1.05

(26.7)

1.72

(43.7)

1.72

(43.7)

0.19 (4.8)

KO KO KO

KO

0.25 (6.4) Dia.

Mtg. Holes (3)

6.59

(167.4)

4.5

(114.3)

0.63

(16)

KO

KO KO KO

1.69 (42.9)

3.38 (85.9)

0.38 x 0.5

(9.7 x 12.7)

Conduit

(2 Top, 2 Bottom)

A

Enclosures—NEMA 1 for BF, BFD, AR and ARD

Poles

Catalog

Number

Dimension A

NEMA 1

Relays without Attachments

All

BF, AR, ARD

4–8

BFD

10, 12

BFD

Relays with Attachments

All

BF, AR, ARD

5.34 (135.6)

5.34 (135.6)

7.97 (202.4)

7.97 (202.4)

3.7

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-161

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Contents

Description

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole. . . . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-146

V7-T3-151

V7-T3-157

V7-T3-163

V7-T3-165

V7-T3-166

V7-T3-167

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Product Description

Relays can be ordered as complete devices in any pole combination up to a maximum of 12NO or 8NC and 4NO poles, or can be assembled from components shown on

Page V7-T3-164

.

Relay base assembly

(

D26MB

) will accept from 1 to 4 rear poles (

D26MPR

,

D26MPS

and/or

D26MPL

).

Features

Contact poles D26MPR and

D26MPF in 2- through 8-pole relays are convertible NO to

NC or vice versa. Simply reverse the terminal screws and rotate the unit pole 180°

(in either direction).

Options

Adding a front deck, the total number of poles can be increased to 8, all convertible

NO to NC.

Adding a

D26MF

, 4-pole fixed

NO attachment, builds a 12pole relay with 8 convertible poles and 4 fixed NO poles.

Relays with mechanical latch are available in any convertible pole combination up to eight poles maximum.

Normally Closed

Contact

Normally Open

Contact

To obtain overlapping contacts, use

D26MPS

(NO early closing) and

D26MPL

(NC late opening) rear poles, in related circuits.

Standards and Certifications

UL listed—Class No.

NKCR2, File E1230(N)

CSA certified—File LR353

V7-T3-162 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

Product Selection

Complete AC Relays

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number and magnet coil suffix letter.

Example: For a 4-pole relay having 4NO contacts, order Catalog Number

D26MR40

, with a 120V,

60 Hz coil, order

D26MR40A

.

For fast delivery and minimum inventory, it is recommended that component parts or complete relays with NO poles be ordered.

4-Pole

Complete AC Relays—Open Type

4-Pole with Latch

Number of Contacts

2

3

4

4-Pole with Pneumatic

Timer Attachment

6 1

8

1

Type of Contact

D26MR13

D26MR04

D26MR60

D26MR51

D26MR42

D26MR33

D26MR24

D26MR15

D26MR06

D26MR80

D26MR71

D26MR62

D26MR53

D26MR44

D26MR35

D26MR26

D26MR17

D26MR08

Relay Only

Catalog

Number

D26MR20

D26MR11

D26MR02

D26MR30

D26MR21

D26MR12

D26MR03

D26MR40

D26MR31

D26MR22

3

4

5

0

1

5

6

2

6

7

8

3

4

1

2

3

4

0

0

1

2

3

2

0

1

1

2

NC (Form B)

0

5

4

3

8

7

1

0

6

2

1

0

3

2

5

4

1

0

6

4

3

1

0

2

3

2

1

0

NO (Form A)

2

D26MR132

D26MR042

D26MR602

D26MR512

D26MR422

D26MR332

D26MR242

D26MR152

D26MR062

D26MR802

D26MR712

D26MR622

D26MR532

D26MR442

D26MR352

D26MR262

D26MR172

D26MR082

Relay with

Mechanical Latch

Catalog

Number

D26MR202

D26MR112

D26MR022

D26MR302

D26MR212

D26MR122

D26MR032

D26MR402

D26MR312

D26MR222

Magnet Coil Selection

Volts/Hertz

120/60–110/50

240/60–220/50

208/60 2

24/60

277/60

Suffix Code

A

B

E

T

H

Volts/Hertz

32/60

2

12/60

2

6/60

380/50

2

480/60 or 440/50

600/60 or 550/50

2

Suffix Code

L

C

D

V

R

P

Notes

1

10- and 12-Poles

: The 6 and 8 contact relays (without mechanical latch only) listed above can be provided with four additional NO non-convertible contacts. Add suffix number

4

to above listed catalog number plus magnet coil suffix. Example: For a 12 contact relay, order D26MR80

4A

.

2

Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

3.7

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-163

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Relay Component Parts Location

D26MF

Front Attachment

Timer Attachments or

Mechanical Latch

D26MB

Relay Base

Assembly

D26MD10

Front Deck

D26MF

Front Attachment

Pneumatic Timer or

Mechanical Latch

4

4

Relay with Pneumatic Timer Attachment

Factory Installed (without Relay Contacts)

Contact

Positions

1

Timer

Operation

Catalog

Number

2

ON delay

OFF delay

D26MR005

D26MR006

The relays listed above will accept up to four catalog number D26MPR contacts

(convertible—NO or NC) for instantaneous operation.

Order contacts separately.

Rear Pole

For additional information on timer attachment, see

Page V7-T3-165

.

For assembly of relays from component parts and relay accessories, see components tables below.

Separate Contacts

Catalog

Number

Front Pole

Description

Convertible Contacts

Rear pole—NO

Rear pole—NC

Front pole—NO

Front pole—NC

Gold plated

(for low power circuits)

Rear pole—NO

Front pole—NO

Non-Convertible Contacts

Rear pole NO early closing

3

Rear pole NC late opening 3

D26MPR

D26MPR02

D26MPF

D26MPF02

D26MPR03

D26MPF03

D26MPS

D26MPL

Relay Base

Assembly

Relay Base Assembly (without Poles)

Description

Catalog

Number

Relay base assembly

D26MB

4

Basic four-pole D26 relay without contacts. Provision for adding one to four poles

Rear Pole

as needed,

D26MPR,

D26MPL

and/or

D26MPS

rear pole type.

Front Deck (Convertible Contact Poles)

Description

Catalog

Number

Front Deck with …

1NO contact pole

2NO contact poles

4NO contact poles

D26MD10

D26MD20

D26MD40

Provides up to four additional front pole type D26MPF contacts. Convertible, NO to NC.

Four-Pole Front

Attachment

Four-Pole Front Attachment

(4NO Fixed Circuit)

Description

Front attachment

Catalog

Number

D26MF

Can be added to any two- to eight-pole Type M, D26 relay to provide up to a 12-pole relay. Four NO, nonconvertible contacts are included in this assembly.

Notes

1

2

Number of available instantaneous contact positions (order contacts separately—Catalog Number D26MPR).

Consult Customer Support Center for availability.

3

4

To obtain overlapping contacts, these two special poles must be used in related circuits.

Add magnet coil suffix letter, see

Page V7-T3-163

. Example: D26MB

A

.

V7-T3-164 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

Relay State

Indicating Light

Relay State Indicating Light

Description

Catalog

Number

120 Vac, 50/60 Hz

240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

D26MAP120

D26MAP240

Manual Test Accessory

Manual Test Accessory

Description

Manual test accessory

Catalog

Number

D26MTA

Light provided with leads and bracket for mounting on two- to 12-pole relays. May be

Pneumatic Timer

Attachment

used to monitor state of magnet coil or relay contact operation.

Pneumatic Timer Attachment

Description

Catalog

Number

ON delay

OFF delay

D26MTE

D26MTD

Attachment mounts on any 0- to four-pole D26 relay without latch. Timer unit has DPDT timed contacts (circuits in each pole must be the same polarity). Adjustable timing

Mounting Channel

range—0.1 to 180 seconds, repeat accuracy ±10%.

Units are convertible from

OFF delay to ON delay or vice versa.

Mounting Channel

Description

10 in length for 4 relays

20 in length for 8 relays

30 in length for 12 relays

40 in length for 16 relays

Catalog

Number

D26MC4

D26MC8

D26MC12

D26MC16

Pre-spaced mounting for adjacent relay installation.

Indexed for cutting to desired length. Captive mounting screws provided in channel for easier installation.

Technical Data and Specifications

120

240

480

600

General

Contact Ratings (Amperes) A600

AC Volts

1

Make and

Emergency

Interrupting

Capacity

60

30

15

12

Break

6

3

1.5

1.2

Coil Power

Relay

Two- to 12-pole

Latch coil

Watts

Inrush

95.0

18.5

Note

1

For DC contact ratings, see

Page V7-T3-169

.

Sealed

9

11

Continuous

Thermal Rating

10

10

10

10

VA

Inrush

155

41

Sealed

22

17

Tool to manually hold relays in the energized position for circuitry testing on completed panel. (10 per box, order in multiples of

10.)

Transient Suppressor

Transient Suppressor

Description

Magnet coil transient suppressor

Latch coil transient suppressor

Catalog

Number

D26MAS1

D26MAS2

May be mounted on any

120 Vac relay magnet coil or latch coil or 120 Vdc latch coil—connects directly across coil terminals. All DC magnet coils have a built-in varistor for transient suppression.

Limits high voltage transients produced in the circuit when power is removed from the coil.

Operating Time

Range in

Milliseconds

Pickup: 6–13

Dropout: 8–26

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-165

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

AC and DC D26 Relays

3.50

(88.9)

A

AC Relay

D26

1–4 poles

1–4 poles with timer D26 or D87

1–4 poles with latch

1–4 poles with d26mf

5–8 poles

5–8 poles with timer D87

5–8 poles with latch

9–12 poles

D26MAS2

Mounting Channel

0.69

(17.5)

2.50

(63.5)

A

B

3.63

(92.2)

2.38

(60.5)

Type

M

Relay

D26

D26MAS1

2 Holes

#10 Screw

DC Relay

D26

1–3 poles

1–3 poles with timer D26 or D87

1–2 poles with latch

1–3 poles with D26MF

4–7 poles

4–7 poles with timer D87

3–6 poles with latch

8–11 poles

1.06

(26.9)

1 Slot

#10 Screw

Catalog

Number

1.25

(31.8)

D26MC16

D26MC12

D26MC8

D26MC4

2.50

(63.5)

1.38

(35.1)

Dimension A

40 (1016)

30 (762)

20 (508)

10 (254)

Dimension B

37.5 (952.5)

27.5 (698.5)

17.5 (444.5)

7.5 (190.5)

Note:

Channel mounts through keyholes with #10 screws

(two each end and one every fourth relay). Relays mount with screws captive in channel. All screws must be tightened firmly.

0.38

(9.7)

0.44

(11.2)

3.13

(79.5)

0.75

(19.1)

2.38 (60.5)

Max.

0.44

(11.2)

Dimension A

4.00 (101.6)

6.00 (152.4)

6.13 (155.7)

5.81 (147.6)

5.25 (133.4)

7.25 (184.2)

7.31 (185.7)

7.00 (177.8)

Ship. Wt.

Lbs (kg)

2.5 (1.1)

3.3 (1.5)

3.5 (1.6)

2.8 (1.3)

2.8 (1.3)

3.5 (1.6)

3.8 (1.7)

3.0 (1.4)

V7-T3-166 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Contents

Description

D15 Series—Freedom 600V Multipole . . . . . . . . . .

BF/BFD Series—Fixed Contact Industrial

Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

AR/ARD Series—Convertible Contact

Industrial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, 600 Vac Multipole with Convertible Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-146

V7-T3-151

V7-T3-157

V7-T3-162

V7-T3-168

V7-T3-169

V7-T3-170

D26 Series—Type M, DC Multipole with Convertible Contacts

Product Description

Type M, DC multipole relays are physically and mechanically similar to the (D26) Type M AC relays described on

Page

V7-T3-163

. They differ only in the electrical ratings and available pole combinations due to the use of a normally closed late opening, coil clearing contact, factory wired to the pickup winding of the magnet coil. (Contact is shown as L in figure to the right.) Magnet coil has built-in varistor for transient suppression.

Component parts for these relays

are the same as those listed for the (D26)

Type M AC relays on

Page

V7-T3-163

, except for the

Indicating Light, which is not applicable to a DC relay.

Contact poles D26MPR and

D26MPF in 2- to 7-pole relays are convertible NO to NC or vice versa. Simply reverse the terminal screws and rotate the unit pole 180° (in either direction).

Latch Operation

With the latch coil deenergized, energizing the relay coil will pick up the relay and mechanically latch it in the pickup position. With the relay coil de-energized, energizing the latch coil will allow the relay to drop out.

Convertible Contacts

Normally Closed

Contact

The mechanically latched relay has one extra contact, normally open early closing, factory wired in series with the winding of the intermittent rated latch coil.

(Contact is shown as S in figure to the right.)

Normally Open

Contact

DC Type M Relay

DC Input

LS1

Pick-Up

L = NC Late Opening

DC Type M Relay with Latch

DC Input

LS1 L

Pick-Up

Relay

Coil

Hold

(Not Used)

L = NC Late Opening

Latch

Coil

LS1 S

Release

S = NO Early Closing

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-167

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

Complete DC Relays

When Ordering, Specify

Catalog number and magnet coil suffix letter.

Example: For a 4-pole relay having 4NO contacts, order Catalog Number

D26MRD40

, with a

120 Vdc coil, order

D26MRD40A1

.

3-Pole

Complete DC Relays—Open Type

3-Pole with Latch

Number of Contacts

2

3

4

6 2

7

2

Type of Contact

1

Relay Only

Catalog

Number

D26MRD42

D26MRD33

D26MRD24

D26MRD15

D26MRD06

D26MRD70

D26MRD61

D26MRD52

D26MRD43

D26MRD34

D26MRD25

D26MRD16

D26MRD07

D26MRD20

D26MRD11

D26MRD02

D26MRD30

D26MRD21

D26MRD12

D26MRD03

D26MRD40

D26MRD31

D26MRD22

D26MRD13

D26MRD04

D26MRD60

D26MRD51

NC (Form B)

5

6

3

4

7

1

2

6

0

4

5

2

3

0

1

3

4

1

2

3

0

1

2

2

0

0

1

NO (Form A)

2

1

4

3

0

6

5

0

7

2

1

4

3

6

5

1

0

3

2

0

4

2

1

0

3

2

1

Relay with

Mechanical Latch

Catalog

Number

D26MRD422

D26MRD332

D26MRD242

D26MRD152

D26MRD062

D26MRD202

D26MRD112

D26MRD022

D26MRD302

D26MRD212

D26MRD122

D26MRD032

D26MRD402

D26MRD312

D26MRD222

D26MRD132

D26MRD042

D26MRD602

D26MRD512

Magnet Coil Selection

Volts/Hertz

12

24

48

Suffix Code

R1

T1

W1

Volts/Hertz

120

240

Suffix Code

A1

B1

Notes

1 Relay has additional factory wired normally closed coil clearing contact (see diagram).

2

10- and 11-Poles

: The 6 and 7 contact relays (without mechanical latch only) listed above can be provided with four additional NO non-convertible contacts. Add suffix number

4

to above listed catalog number plus magnet coil suffix.

Example: For an 11 contact relay, order D26MRD70

4A1

.

V7-T3-168 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3.7

3-Pole with Timer

Attachment

3

3

Relay with Pneumatic Timer Attachment

(without Relay Contacts)

Contact

Positions

1

Timer

Operation

Catalog

Number

ON delay

OFF delay

D26MRD005

D26MRD006

The relays listed above will accept up to three catalog number D26MPR contacts

(convertible—NO or NC) for instantaneous operation.

Order contacts separately.

For additional information on timer attachment, see

Page V7-T3-165

.

Technical Data and Specifications

28

48

120

240

General

Contact Ratings (Amperes)

2

DC Volts

Inductive

Make/Break

7.0

2.5

1.1

0.2

Resistive

Make/Break

10.0

10.0

2.0

0.4

Coil Power

Relay

Two- to 11-pole

Latch coil

Watts

Inrush

168

21.6 intermittent

Sealed

13.2

21.6 intermittent

Notes

1

2

Number of available instantaneous contact positions (order contacts separately—Catalog Number D26MPR).

Contact ratings do not apply to contacts D26MPL and D26MPS.

For AC contact ratings, see

Page V7-T3-165

.

Operating Time

Average

Milliseconds

Pickup: 10

Dropout: 16

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-169

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3.7

Control Relays and Timers

Machine Tool Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

AC and DC D26 Relays

3.50

(88.9)

A

D26MAS2

D26MAS1

2 Holes

#10 Screw

AC Relay

D26

1–4 poles

1–4 poles with timer D26 or D87

1–4 poles with latch

1–4 poles with D26MF

5–8 poles

5–8 poles with timer D87

5–8 poles with latch

9–12 poles

Mounting Channel

0.69

(17.5)

2.50

(63.5)

A

B

3.63

(92.2)

2.38

(60.5)

Type

M

Relay

D26

DC Relay

D26

1–3 poles

1–3 poles with timer D26 or D87

1–2 poles with latch

1–3 poles with D26MF

4–7 poles

4–7 poles with timer D87

3–6 poles with latch

8–11 poles

1.06

(26.9)

1 Slot

#10 Screw

Catalog

Number

1.25

(31.8)

D26MC16

D26MC12

D26MC8

D26MC4

2.50

(63.5)

1.38

(35.1)

Dimension A

40 (1016)

30 (762)

20 (508)

10 (254)

Dimension B

37.5 (952.5)

27.5 (698.5)

17.5 (444.5)

7.5 (190.5)

Note:

Channel mounts through keyholes with #10 screws

(two each end and one every fourth relay). Relays mount with screws captive in channel. All screws must be tightened firmly.

0.38

(9.7)

0.44

(11.2)

3.13

(79.5)

0.75

(19.1)

2.38 (60.5)

Max.

0.44

(11.2)

Dimension A

4.00 (101.6)

6.00 (152.4)

6.13 (155.7)

5.81 (147.6)

5.25 (133.4)

7.25 (184.2)

7.31 (185.7)

7.00 (177.8)

Ship. Wt.

Lbs (kg)

2.5 (1.1)

3.3 (1.5)

3.5 (1.6)

2.8 (1.3)

2.8 (1.3)

3.5 (1.6)

3.8 (1.7)

3.0 (1.4)

V7-T3-170 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Timing Relays

Product Selection Guide

Function Code Cross-Reference Guide

Function

15

16

17

18

19

20

11

12

13

14

21

22

23

24

7

8

9

10

3

4

1

2

5

6

Description

Asymmetrical flasher, pause first

Asymmetrical flasher, pulse first

ON delay and OFF delay with control contact

ON delay and single shot leading edge voltage controlled

ON delay and single shot leading edge control contact

Single shot leading and single shot trailing edge with control contact

Pulse sequence monitoring

ON delay, power triggered

Single shot leading edge voltage controlled

OFF delay/signal OFF delay

Single shot leading edge with control input

Single shot trailing edge with control input

ON delay control signal start, trailing edge OFF

Flasher, pause first

Retriggerable single shot

Flasher, ON first

ON delay control signal start, leading edge OFF

Flasher—control signal start, pause first

Flasher—control signal start, ON first

Signal ON/OFF delay

ON/OFF delay

Single pulse generator

Memory latch

True OFF delay

Notes

1

2

Applies to TRN model only.

Applies to TRF model only.

3

The E5-248 is battery powered and has three programmable trigger functions.

This product may perform somewhat differently from the standard timing relays.

Refer to the operator instructions for details.

Contents

Description

Timing Relays

Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-176

V7-T3-180

V7-T3-183

V7-T3-187

V7-T3-189

TR

A

1

B

1

E 2

F 2

C 1

D

1

A

2

B

2

C 2

D

2

Timer Series

Universal TR

Ws

Wa

Es

Bp

Wt

E

Wu

R lp li

ER

EWu

EWs

WsWa

TMR5

W/D

C/G

L

T

F

N

R/P

Y

TMR6

X

E5-248

3

SS

OS

SS

ON DLY

RC DLY

RC

RC DLY

RC

OFF DLY

TMRP

E

F

H

B

I

G

J

C

D

A

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-171

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Overview

Timer Function Descriptions

Function #1—Universal TR, TMR5, E5-248

Asymmetrical Flasher, Pause First

Repeat Cycle, OFF/ON Delay

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t1 begins. After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay

R switches into ON position and the set interval t2 begins.

After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay switches into OFF position.

The output relay is triggered at the ratio of t1:t2 until the supply voltage is interrupted.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R)

Function #2—Universal TR, TMR5, E5-248

Asymmetrical Flasher, Pulse First

Repeat Cycle, ON/OFF Delay

When the supply voltage U is applied, the output relay R switches into the ON position and the set interval t1 begins.

After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay R switches into OFF position and the set interval t2 begins.

After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay switches into ON position.

The output relay is triggered at the ratio of t1:t2 until the supply voltage is interrupted.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R)

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 t1 t1 t2 t2 t1 t1

<t1 t1 t1 interval t2 begins. After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay R switches into

OFF position. If the control contact is opened before the interval t1 has expired, the interval already expired is erased and is restarted with the next cycle.

t2 t2 t2

Function #3—Universal TR

ON Delay and OFF Delay with Control Contact

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed, the set interval t1 begins. After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay R switches into

ON position. If the control contact is opened, the set

Function #4—Universal TR

ON Delay and Single Shot Leading Edge Voltage Controlled

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t1 begins. After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay

R switches into ON position and the set interval t2 begins.

After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 switches into OFF position. If the supply voltage is interrupted before the interval t1 + t2 has expired, the interval already expired is erased and is restarted when the supply voltage is next applied.

t2

Function #5—Universal TR

ON Delay and Single Shot Leading Edge Control Contact

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed, the set interval t1 begins. After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay R switches into

ON position and the set

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 interval t2 begins. After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay R switches into

OFF position. During the interval, the control contact is ignored. A new cycle can only be initiated when the cycle has been completed.

t2

Function #6—Universal TR

Single Shot Leading and Single Shot Trailing Edge with Control Contact

Asymmetrical Signal ON/OFF Delay

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed, the output relay R switches to the ON position and the set interval t1 begins. After the interval t1 has expired, the output relay R switches into

OFF position. If the control contact S is opened, the output relay again switches to the ON position and the set interval t2 begins. After the interval t2 has expired, the output relay R switches into

OFF position. During the interval, the control contact is ignored. During the interval, the control contact can be operated any number of times.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 t2 t1 t2

V7-T3-172 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Function #7—Universal TR

Pulse Sequence Monitoring

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t1 begins and the output relay

R switches to the ON position. After the interval t1 has expired, the interval t2 begins. As long as the control switch S is closed and opened within the

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t1 interval t2, the relay will remain in the ON position.

If the control switch is not closed and opened within the interval t2, the relay will change to the OFF position until supply voltage U is interrupted and reapplied.

<t2 <t2 <t2 t2

Function #10—Universal TR, TRF, TMR5, TMRP, E5-248

OFF Delay/Signal OFF Delay

Delay ON Release

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed, the output relay R switches to the ON position. When the control contact is opened, interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position. If the control contact S is closed before interval t expires, the output relay will remain in the ON position until the control switch opens, at which time the interval t will begin again.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t <t

Function #8—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP

ON Delay, Power Triggered

Delay ON Make

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay

R switches to the ON position. The relay will remain in that position until supply voltage U is interrupted.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t <t

Function #11—Universal TR, TRF, TMR5, TMRP, E5-248

Single Shot Leading Edge with Control Input

Single Shot/One Shot (Signal Start)/Momentary Interval

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed, the output relay R switches to the ON position and the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position. The control contact is ignored during the interval t, and a new cycle cannot be started until the set interval t has timed out.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t

Function #9—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP

Single Shot Leading Edge Voltage Controlled

Interval ON/Interval (Power Start)

When the supply voltage U is applied, the output relay R switches to the ON position and set interval t begins.

After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position.

The relay will remain in that position until supply voltage U is interrupted. If the supply voltage is interrupted prior to interval t timing out, the relay will immediately switch to the

OFF position.

Function #12—Universal TR

Single Shot Trailing Edge with Control Input

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control contact S is closed and reopened, the output relay

R switches to the ON position and the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the

OFF position. The control contact is ignored during the interval t, and a new cycle must be started after the set interval t has timed out.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t <t

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-173

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Function #13—Universal TR

ON Delay Control Signal Start, Trailing Edge OFF

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is applied, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the ON position. The relay will remain in that position until the control switch opens. If the control switch is opened prior to interval t timing out, the relay will remain in the OFF position and any elapsed time will be erased.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Trigger Signal (S)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t <t

Function #14—Universal TR, TRN, TMR5, TMRP

Flasher, Pause First

Cycle 1 (Power Start, OFF First)

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay

R switches to the ON position and set interval t will begin again. After interval t has expired, the relay will switch to the OFF position for the set interval t. This cycle will repeat at a 1:1 ratio until supply voltage U is interrupted.

Input Power (U)

LED U/t*

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t

Function #15—TMR5, TMRP, E5-248

Watchdog

Retriggerable Single Shot

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is applied, the relay switches to the ON position and the set interval t begins.

After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position.

Closing the control switch during interval t will reset the time. Continuous cycling of the trigger signal at a rate faster than the preset time will cause the relay to remain in the ON position.

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal (S)

Output Relay (R) t t t

<t t

<t t t

<t

Function #16—TRN, TMRP

Flasher, ON First

Cycle 3 (Power Start, ON First)

When the supply voltage U is applied, the relay switches to the ON position and set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position and set interval t will begin again.

After interval t has expired, the relay will again switch to the ON position for the set interval t. This cycle will repeat at a 1:1 ratio until supply voltage U is interrupted.

Input Power (U)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t t t t t <t

Function #17—TRF, E5-248

ON Delay Control Signal Start, Leading Edge OFF

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is applied, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the ON position. The relay will remain in that position until the control switch has opened and closed. If the control switch is opened and closed prior to interval t timing out, the relay will remain in the OFF position and any elapsed time will be erased.

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t

Function #18—TRF, E5-248

Flasher—Control Signal Start, Pause First

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is closed, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the ON position and set interval t will begin again.

After interval t has expired, the relay will switch to the

OFF position for the set interval t. This cycle will repeat at a 1:1 ratio until supply voltage U is interrupted. The control switch is ignored during the cycle.

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t t t <t

V7-T3-174 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Function #19—TRF, E5-248

Flasher—Control Signal Start, ON First

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is closed, the relay switches to the ON position and set interval t begins.

After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the OFF position and set interval t will begin again. After interval t has expired, the relay will again switch to the ON position for the set interval t. This cycle will repeat at a 1:1 ratio until supply voltage U is interrupted. The control switch is ignored during the cycle.

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t t t <t

Function #22—TMRP, E5-248

Single Pulse Generator, Voltage Controlled

When the supply voltage U is applied, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the relay will switch to the ON position for

0.5 seconds before returning to the OFF position. Supply voltage U must be removed and reapplied to repeat the pulse.

Input Power (U)

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t

Function #20—TRF

Signal ON/OFF Delay

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is closed, the relay switches to the ON position and set interval t begins.

After the interval t has expired with the control switch still closed, the output relay R switches to the OFF

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t position. When the control switch is opened, the relay will switch to the ON position again and the interval t will begin. If the control switch is closed and opened within the interval t, the relay will remain in the ON position until interval t has timed out after the control switch is opened.

<t t

Function #23—N/A

Memory Latch

Control Switch Make

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. Output changes state with every closure of the control switch S (leading edge).

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R)

Function #21—TMRP

ON/OFF Delay

Make/Break with Control Switch Trigger

The supply voltage U must be constantly applied to the device. When the control switch S is closed, the set interval t begins. After the interval t has expired, the output relay R switches to the ON position. When the control switch is opened, interval t will begin again.

After interval t has timed out, the relay will switch to the

OFF position. If supply voltage U is removed at any time, the relay will return to the OFF position.

Input Power (U)

Trigger Signal

Output LED**

Output Relay (R) t t t

Function #24—TMR6

True OFF Delay

When the supply voltage U is applied, the relay switches to the ON position. When supply power is removed, set time interval t begins. After

Input Power (U)

Output Relay (R) interval t has expired, the relay switches to the OFF position and will remain there until supply power U is applied again.

t

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-175

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Universal TR Series

Universal TR Series

Product Description

Eaton’s Universal TR Series timers are our most flexible and cost-effective timing relays available. Products are available with up to seven user-selectable functions and seven user-selectable time ranges. Each unit is DIN rail mountable with a direct connection, eliminating the need for additional sockets.

The Universal TR Series timers are available in SPDT and DPDT contact configurations, and have a compact IEC-style footprint and a universal input voltage range for AC and DC applications.

Application Description

A timing relay is a simple form of time-based control, allowing the user to open or close the contacts based on a specified timing function.

The Universal TR Series timers are equipped with a set of selector switches, which can easily be set to a specific function and time, thereby reducing the number of product variations required.

The universal input voltage

(either 12–240 Vac/Vdc or

24–240 Vac/Vdc, depending on the model) further reduces the number of product variations.

The Universal TR Series timers are ideal for highvariability operations, such as systems integrators, distributors, and small equipment manufacturers.

The compact design saves panel space, and the low cost and high flexibility of the units reduce inventory requirements.

Contents

Description

Universal TR Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-177

V7-T3-177

V7-T3-178

V7-T3-179

V7-T3-180

V7-T3-183

V7-T3-187

V7-T3-189

Features

Multiple user-selectable timing functions and timing ranges in a single unit reduce product variations and stock keeping units

(SKUs)

Universal input voltages from 12 or 24 to 240 Vac or

Vdc eliminate the need to order and stock separate coil voltages

Compact, DIN rail mountable case reduces panel size

Advanced LED indication makes troubleshooting easy

Staggered terminal locations allow access to lower-level terminals after wiring

SPDT or DPDT contacts with 8A ratings

Standards and Certifications

● cULus listed

CE marked

RoHS compliant

IEC/EN 61812

V7-T3-176 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Product Selection

Single-Pole Model

Universal TR Timing Relays

Description Supply Voltage

4-Function

24–240 Vac/Vdc

7-Function

24–240 Vac/Vdc

12–240 Vac/Vdc

Compact DIN rail mount, SPDT

Compact DIN rail mount, SPDT

Compact DIN rail mount, DPDT

Asymmetrical pulse generator, DPDT

Catalog

Number

TRL04

TRL07

TRL27

TRW27

Technical Data and Specifications

Universal TR Timing Relays

Description

Functions

1

Time range

Input

Supply voltage

Rated supply frequency

Rated consumption

Duty cycle

Reset time

Residual ripple for DC dropout voltage

Overvoltage category

Rated surge voltage

Output

Contact configuration

Rated voltage

Switching capacity

Fusing

Mechanical life

Electrical life

Switching frequency

Overvoltage category

Rated surge voltage

Control Signal

Loadable

Maximum cable length

TRL04

E, R, Wu, Bp

0.05 sec to 100 hours

24–240 Vac/Vdc

+10% /–15%

4 VA (1.5W)

100%

100 ms

10%

>30% of rated supply voltage

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

SPDT (one changeover contact)

250 Vac

2000 VA (8A/250V)

8A fast acting

20 x 10^6 operations

2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, resistive

Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load

(in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1)

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

Yes

10m

Trigger level (sensitivity) Automatic adaption to supply voltage

Minimum control pulse length DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms

TRL07

E, R, Wu, Bp, Ws, Wa, Es

0.05 sec to 100 hours

24–240 Vac/Vdc

+10% /–15%

4 VA (1.5W)

100%

100 ms

10%

>30% of rated supply voltage

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

SPDT (one changeover contact)

250 Vac

2000 VA (8A/250V)

8A fast acting

20 x 10^6 operations

2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, resistive

Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load

(in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1)

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

Yes

10m

Automatic adaption to supply voltage

DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms

Note

1

Refer to Function Code Cross-Reference Guide on

Page V7-T3-171

for function details.

TRL27

E, R, Wu, Bp, Ws, Wa, Es

0.05 sec to 100 hours

12–240 Vac/Vdc

±10%

6 VA (2W)

100%

100 ms

10%

>30% of rated supply voltage

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

TRW27

Ii, Ip, ER, Ewu, Ews, WsWa, Wt

0.05 sec to 100 hours

12–240 Vac/Vdc

±10%

6 VA (2W)

100%

100 ms

10%

>30% of rated supply voltage

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

DPDT (two changeover contacts)

250 Vac

2000 VA (8A/250V)

8A fast acting

20 x 10^6 operations

2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, resistive

Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load

(in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1)

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

DPDT (two changeover contacts)

250 Vac

2000 VA (8A/250V)

8A fast acting

20 x 10^6 operations

2 x 10^5 operations at 1000 VA load, resistive

Max. 6/min. at 1000 VA resistive load

(in accordance with IEC 60947-5-1)

III (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

4 kV

Yes

10m

Automatic adaption to supply voltage

DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms

Yes

10m

Automatic adaption to supply voltage

DC 50 ms/AC 100 ms

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-177

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Universal TR Timing Relays, continued

Description TRL04

Accuracy

Base accuracy

Adjustment accuracy

Repetition accuracy

Temperature influence

Physical

Ambient temperature

Storage temperature

Relative humidity

±1% of maximum scale value

<5% of maximum scale value

<0.5% or ±5 ms

<0.01% /°C

Pollution degree

Housing material

Mounting

Terminal rating

Tightening torque

–25 to 55°C

–25 to 70°C

15% to 85% (in accordance with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3)

2, if built in 3 (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

Self-extinguishing plastic housing,

IP40 rating

Mounted on DIN rail TS 35 according to EN 60715, any position

Shockproof terminal connection according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required),

IP20 rating

Max. 1 Nm

TRL07

±1% of maximum scale value

<5% of maximum scale value

<0.5% or ±5 ms

<0.01% /°C

TRL27

±1% of maximum scale value

<5% of maximum scale value

<0.5% or ±5 ms

<0.01% /°C

TRW27

±1% of maximum scale value

<5% of maximum scale value

<0.5% or ±5 ms

<0.01% /°C

–25 to 55°C

–25 to 70°C

15% to 85% (in accordance with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3)

2, if built in 3 (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

Self-extinguishing plastic housing,

IP40 rating

Mounted on DIN rail TS 35 according to EN 60715, any position

Shockproof terminal connection according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required),

IP20 rating

Max. 1 Nm

–25 to 55°C

–25 to 70°C

15% to 85% (in accordance with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3)

2, if built in 3 (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

Self-extinguishing plastic housing,

IP40 rating

Mounted on DIN rail TS 35 according to EN 60715, any position

Shockproof terminal connection according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required),

IP20 rating

Max. 1 Nm

–25 to 55°C

–25 to 70°C

15% to 85% (in accordance with IEC 60721-3-3 Class 3K3)

2, if built in 3 (in accordance with IEC 60664-1)

Self-extinguishing plastic housing,

IP40 rating

Mounted on DIN rail TS 35 according to EN 60715, any position

Shockproof terminal connection according to VBG 4 (PZ1 required),

IP20 rating

Max. 1 Nm

Terminal Capacity

Description

1 x 0.5 to 2.5 mm

2

with/without multicore cable end

1 x 4 mm

2

without multicore cable end

2 x 0.5 to 1.5 mm

2

with/without multicore cable end

2 x 2.5 mm

2

flexible without multicore cable end

Wiring Diagrams

Single-Pole, Double-Throw Units (SPDT)—

TRL04 and TRL07

U =

(+)

(–)

S (Used only for control switch triggered functions)

A1

15

B1

A1 15

R

A2 16 18

16

A2

18

Double-Pole, Double-Throw Units (DPDT)—

TRL27 and TRW27

U =

(+)

(–)

S (Used only for control switch triggered functions)

A1

15

B1

25

A1 15

R

25

R

A2

16 18

26 28

16

A2

18 26 28

V7-T3-178 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

17.5 mm (TRL04 and TRL07)

0.20

(5.0)

1.73

(44.0)

2.36

(60.0)

0.69

(17.5)

1.77

(45.0)

3.43

(87.0)

35 mm (TRL27 and TRW27)

0.20

(5.0)

1.73

(44.0)

2.36

(60.0)

1.38

(35.0)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

1.77

(45.0)

3.43

(87.0)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

V7-T3-179

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

TR Series

TR Series

Product Description

The upgraded TR Series

Timing Relays are designed to meet most timing requirements by offering more flexibility in range of input voltage, timing range and functionality. Use a rotary switch to choose from

20 selectable time ranges from 0.1 second to 600 hours. We offer both a power triggered and signal triggered model—each with expanded operation modes. There is a green LED to indicate when power is ON and an orange

LED when output is ON.

Features

20 time ranges and 10 timing functions

Time delays from 0.1 sec to 600 hrs

Space-saving, compact package

High repeat accuracy of

± 0.2%

LED indication

Standard 8- or 11-pin and

11-blade termination

2 Form C DPDT delayed output contacts

10A contact rating

V7-T3-180

Contents

Description

Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-176

V7-T3-181

V7-T3-181

V7-T3-181

V7-T3-182

V7-T3-182

V7-T3-183

V7-T3-187

V7-T3-189

Operation

TRNP and TRNB

(–/+)

3

2

4

1

5

Internal Connections

1 2

4

6

5

7 8

7

8

A

(–/+)

(–/–)

TRNP TRNB

9

B

3

6

(–/–)

TRFP and TRFB

External

Control

Signal

3

4

5

2

Start

6 7

1 11

Internal Connections

8

10

9

External

Control

Signal

1

4

7

A

Start

2

5

8

3

6

9

B

(–/+) (–/–)

(–/+) (–/–)

TRFP

TRFB

Standards and Certifications

● cULus listed

CSA

CE marked

TUV

TUV

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Catalog Number Selection

TR N P 240 AC

TR

Family Type

N

=

Power Triggered

A = ON delay

B = Interval

C = Flasher (pause first)

D = Flasher (ON first)

Operational Mode

F

=

Signal Triggered

A = ON delay, control signal start

(leading edge OFF)

B = Flasher, control signal start

(pause first)

C = Flasher, control signal Start

(ON first)

D = Signal ON/OFF delay

E = OFF delay

F = Single shot leading edge with control input

Model Type

P

= Pin/octal

B

= Blade style

Input Voltage

24AD

= 24 Vac

(50/60 Hz)/24 Vdc

240AC

= 100–240 Vac

(50/60 Hz)

Product Selection

TR Plug-In Timing Relays—Power Triggered

Coil Voltage

Octal

Catalog

Number

Blade

Catalog

Number

24 Vac/Vdc

100–240 Vac

TRNP24AD

TRNP240AC

TRNB24AD

TRNB240AC

TR Plug-In Timing Relays—Signal Triggered

Coil Voltage

Octal

Catalog

Number

Blade

Catalog

Number

24 Vac/Vdc

100–240 Vac

TRFP24AD

TRFP240AC

TRFB24AD

TRFB240AC

Accessories

Sockets for Use with TR Timers—Standard Pack of 10

Timing Relay Terminal Style

Catalog

Number

TRNP

TRFP

TRNB, TRFB

8-pin octal

11-pin octal

0.187 in solder/QC terminals

(blade style)

D3PA2

D3PA3

D5PA2

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-181

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Technical Data and Specifications

General

Description

Operation system

Time range

Pollution degree

Overvoltage category

Rated operational voltage

240 AC

24 AC

12 DC

Voltage tolerance

240 AC

24 AC

12 DC

Input OFF voltage

Ambient operating temperature

Reset time

Repeat error

Voltage error

Temperature error

Setting error

Insulation resistance

Dielectric strength

Between power and output terminals

Between contacts of different poles

Between contacts of same pole

Vibration resistance

Specification

Solid-state CMOS circuit

0.1 sec to 600 hours

2 (IE60664-1)

III (IE60664-1)

100–240 Vac (50/60 Hz)

24 Vac (50/60 Hz)/24 Vdc

12 Vdc

85–264 Vac (50/60 Hz)

20.4–26.4 Vac (50/60 Hz)/21.6–26.4 Vdc

10.8–13.2 Vdc

Rated voltage x 10% minimum

–4 to 149°F (–20 to 65°C)

100 ms maximum

± 0.2%, ± 20 ms 1

± 0.2%, ± 20 ms 1

± 0.5%, ± 20 ms 1

± 10% maximum

100M ohm minimum (500 Vdc)

2000 Vac, 1 minute

2000 Vac, 1 minute

1000 Vac, 1 minute

10–55 Hz amplitude 0.5 mm;

2 hrs in each of 3 axes

Shock resistance

Operating extremes

Damage limits —

TRNP, TRFP

TRNB, TRFB

Power consumption (approx.)

240 AC

240 Vac/60 Hz

24 AC (AC/DC)

12 DC

10G

40G (3x in each of 3 axes)

10G (3x in each of 3 axes)

6.5 VA TRNP, TRNB/6.6 VA TRFP, TRFB

11.6 VA TRNP, TRNB/12.1 VA TRFP, TRFB

3.4 VA–1.7W TRNP, TRNB/3.5 VA–1.7W TRFP,

TRFB

1.6W

TR Series Contact Ratings

Description

Contact configuration

Allowable voltage/current

Max. permissible operating frequency

Rated load

Resistive

Inductive

Horsepower rating

Life

Electrical

Mechanical

Specification

2 Form C, DPDT (delayed output)

240 Vac, 30 Vdc/10A

1800 cycles per hour

10A, 240 Vac/30 Vdc

7A, 240 Vac/30 Vdc

1/6 hp 120 Vac, 1/3 hp 240 Vac

500,000 operations minimum (resistive)

50,000,000 operations minimum

V7-T3-182

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

TR Series Dimensions and Weights

Description Specification

Dimensions

TRNP, TRFP

TRNB, TRFB

Weights

TRNP

TRFP

TRNB, TRFB

1.58H x 1.42W x 3.07D in. (40H x 36W x 77.9D mm)

1.58H x 1.42W x 2.95D in. (40H x 36W x 74.9D mm)

87g

89g

85g

3.07 (77.9)

Pin (P) Type

2.95 (74.9)

Blade (B) Type

Note

1

For the value of the error against a preset time, whichever value is larger should apply.

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

TMR5 Series

Contents

Description

Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-176

V7-T3-180

V7-T3-184

V7-T3-184

V7-T3-184

V7-T3-185

V7-T3-185

V7-T3-186

V7-T3-187

V7-T3-189

TMR5 Series

Product Description

The TMR5 Series Time

Delay Relays are designed for a broad range of

OEM applications. The

TMR5 Series offers non-programmable plug-in style timers with a variety of functions available. Each unit offers a single function and single input voltage, and operates over a defined time delay range. Units with fixed time delays are also available.

Eaton also offers customization capabilities for these timers—remote adjustments, special pin configurations, and more.

Contact us to discuss your specific application and design of a custom timer.

Features

Single timing range for each unit

Ranges available from

0.02 sec to 24 hours

Wide variety of functions available

Plugs into standard 8- or

11-pin socket

10A DPDT output contacts

Can be easily customized to meet your needs

Standards and Certifications

● cRUus

UL listed (with Eaton socket)

RoHS compliant

CE marked

with

Eaton socket

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-183

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Catalog Number Selection

All configurations from Catalog Number Selection are available.

TMR5 N 05 120

Family Type

TMR5

8-Pin Octal Sockets

N

T

L

R

Y

= ON delay

= Interval ON

= Flasher-pause-first

= Repeat cycle

1

(OFF time first followed by

ON time and repeating)

= Repeat cycle

1

(ON time first followed by

OFF time and repeating)

Operational Mode

11-Pin Octal Sockets

P

G

F

C

W

= Watchdog, control switch trigger

(retriggerable single shot)

D

= OFF delay, control switch trigger

= Single shot, control switch trigger

= OFF delay, power trigger

= Single shot, power trigger

= Watchdog, power trigger (retriggerable single shot)

Product Selection

TMR5 Time Delay Relays

Input

Voltage Socket

Timing

Range

Catalog

Number

ON Delay

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

8-pin 0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

OFF Delay, Control Switch Trigger

120 Vac/Vdc 11-pin 0.1–10 sec

24 Vac/Vdc

0.6–60 sec

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

TMR5N05120

TMR5N08120

TMR5N0524

TMR5N0824

TMR5F05120

TMR5F08120

TMR5F0524

TMR5F0824

Interval ON

120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

24 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac/Vdc 11-pin

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

Single Shot, Control Switch Trigger

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

TMR5T05120

TMR5T08120

TMR5T0524

TMR5T0824

TMR5C05120

TMR5C08120

24 Vac/Vdc 0.1–10 sec

TMR5C0524

0.6–60 sec

TMR5C0824

Repeat Cycle

(OFF Time First Followed by ON Time and Repeating)

120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin 0.1–10 sec

TMR5R05120

24 Vac/Vdc

0.6–60 sec

0.1–10 sec

TMR5R08120

TMR5R0524

0.6–60 sec

TMR5R0824

Repeat Cycle

(ON Time First Followed by OFF Time and Repeating)

120 Vac/Vdc 8-pin

24 Vac/Vdc

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

0.1–10 sec

0.6–60 sec

TMR5Y05120

TMR5Y08120

TMR5Y0524

TMR5Y0824

Input Voltage

120

= 120 Vac/Vdc

24

= 24 Vac/Vdc

12

= 12 Vac/Vdc

240

= 240 Vac/Vdc

Timing Range

2

04

= 0.05–5 sec

05

= 0.1–10 sec

08

= 0.6–60 sec

12

= 3–300 sec

15

= 0.3–30 min

16

= 0.6–60 min

22

= 6 sec–10 min

Accessories

Accessories for Use with TMR5 Time Delay Relays

Description Standard Pack

Catalog

Number

8-pin socket

11-pin socket

Hold-down spring

10

10

10

D3PA2

D3PA3-A2

D65CHDS

Notes

1

2

Indicates DUAL knob unit. All dual knob units can have independently selectable and adjustable ON and OFF times. If different ON and OFF times are desired, add two codes for time ranges in the part number. The first code listed indicates the first timing range of the unit (OFF time for R, ON time for Y) and the second code indicates the second timing range

(ON time for R, OFF Time for Y).

Fixed time delay settings are available for orders of 50 pieces or more. Contact EatonCare for additional information at 877-ETN-CARE (386-2273).

V7-T3-184 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

Technical Data and Specifications

TMR5 Time Delay Relays

Description Specification

Voltage tolerance

AC operation

DC operation

Load burden

Setting accuracy

Maximum setting (adjustable)

Minimum setting (adjustable)

Fixed time delay

< 2 seconds

0.1–2 seconds

+10/–15% of nominal at 50/60 Hz

+10/–15% of nominal

2 VA

+5%, –0%

+0%, –50%

+1%

±5%

Repeat accuracy (constant voltage and temperature)

> 2 seconds delay ±0.1%

0.1–2 seconds delay ±2%

Reset time

ON Delay/interval/repeat cycle

OFF Delay/single shot/watchdog

0.1 second

0.04 second

Startup time (time from when power is applied until unit is timing)

120 and 240V units 0.05 second

12, 24 and 48V units

Maintain function time (time unit continues to time after power is removed)

0.08 second

0.01 second

Temperature

12–120V input voltage

240V input voltage

Insulation voltage

Output contacts

–18 to 150°F (–28 to 65°C)

–18 to 122°F (–28 to 50°C)

2000V

DPDT 10A @ 240 Vac/30 Vdc,

1/2 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NO contacts)

1/3 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NC contacts)

B300 and R300; AC-15 and DC-13

Life

Mechanical

Full load

10,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

Wiring Diagrams

Wiring for 8-Pin Units

(DC)+

L1

4 5

3

2

1 8

6

7

Input Voltage

−(DC)

L2

Wiring for 11-Pin Control

Switch Trigger Units

Control

Switch

3

2

4

5

6

1 11

7

8

9

10

(DC)+

L1

Input Voltage

(DC)−

L2

Wiring for 11-Pin Power

Trigger Units

+

Power

Trigger *

3

2

4

5

6

1 11

7

8

9

10

(DC)+

L1

(DC)−

L2

Input Voltage

* Should Be Same Voltage as Input Voltage

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-185

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

TMR5

2.40

(61.0)

1.70

(43.2)

2.90 (73.7)

3.50 (88.9)

D3PA2 Socket

6–32 x 0.312 Combination

Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate

(8 places)

2.14

(54.3)

2.03

(51.6)

Two 0.165

(4.2) Dia.

Slots

1.30

(33.0)

1.60

(40.6)

Max.

Tolerances: ± 0.010

± (0.25)

Unless Otherwise Shown

0.97

(24.6)

Max.

0.82 (20.8)

0.58 (14.7)

Dual Knob

Only

D3PA3 Socket

6–32 x 0.312 Combination

Head Screw and Pressure Clamp

(11 places)

2.05

(52.1)

Max.

Two 0.17

(4.3) Dia.

Holes

2.06

(52.3)

0.13–0.16

(3.2–4.0)

2.33 (59.2)

Max.

Tolerances: ± 0.010

± (0.25)

Unless Otherwise Shown

0.97

(24.6)

0.15 (3.8)

0.58 (14.7)

0.77 (19.6)

V7-T3-186 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

TMR6 Series

Contents

Description

Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series

Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-176

V7-T3-180

V7-T3-183

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-188

V7-T3-189

TMR6 Series

Product Description

Most electronic time delay relays with an OFF delay function require input voltage to be applied continuously in order to operate correctly.

However, there are many applications where this is not possible—-keeping a relay energized for some amount of time after input voltage has been removed.

Eaton’s TMR6 true OFF delay product provides this function even when input voltage is removed.

It duplicates the operation of the older OFF delay pneumatic time delay relays.

Features

Provides OFF delay function without requiring input voltage during OFF time delay

Duplicates operation of pneumatic OFF delay timers

Each unit has eight timing ranges built in, covering

0.05 seconds to

30 minutes

Selecting a range is easy using a rotary switch

(no math is required or

DIP switches to set)

Uses industry-standard

8-pin octal socket

10A DPDT output contacts

Timing Ranges

Select one of the eight timing ranges using the selector knob, and then adjust the time within that range for an accurate delay setting.

C

D

A

B

E

F

G

H

Timing Ranges

Dial Setting Timing Range

0.05–5 sec.

0.1–10 sec.

0.3–30 sec.

0.6–60 sec.

1.8–180 sec.

3–300 sec.

0.1–10 min.

0.3–30 min

Operation

True OFF Delay

Upon application of input voltage, the relay is energized. When the input voltage is removed, the preset time begins. At the end of the preset time, the relay is de-energized.

True OFF Delay

ON

Input

Power

(Voltage)

OFF

ON

Output

(Load)

OFF

Standards and Certifications

● cRUus

UL listed (with Eaton socket)

RoHS compliant

CE marked

with

Eaton socket

Delay

Voltage must be applied for a minimum of 0.1 second to assure proper operation.

Any application of the input voltage during the preset time will keep the relay energized and reset the time delay. No external trigger switch is required.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-187

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Catalog Number Selection

All configurations from Catalog Number Selection are available.

TMR6 X 00 120

Family Type

TMR6

X

Operational Mode

= True OFF delay

Product Selection

TMR6 True OFF Delay Relays

Input

Voltage

Timing

Range

True OFF Delay

120 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

240 Vac/Vdc

0.05 sec–30 min

(user selectable, 8 ranges)

Input Voltage

120

= 120 Vac/Vdc

24

= 24 Vac/Vdc

240

= 240 Vac/Vdc

Timing Range

00

= Programmable

Catalog

Number

TMR6X00120

TMR6X0024

TMR6X00240

Accessories

Accessories for Use with TMR6 Time Delay Relays

Description Standard Pack

Catalog

Number

8-pin socket

Hold-down spring

10

10

D3PA2

D65CHDS

Technical Data and Specifications

TMR6 Time Delay Relays

Description Specification

Voltage tolerance

AC operation

DC operation

Load burden

Setting accuracy

Maximum setting (adjustable)

Minimum setting (adjustable)

Repeat accuracy (constant voltage

and temperature)

Temperature

Insulation voltage

Output contacts

+10/–15% of nominal at 50/60 Hz

+10/–15% of nominal

2 VA

+5%, –0%

+0%, –50%

±0.1% or 50 ms, whichever is greater

–18 to 150°F (–28 to 65°C)

2,000V

DPDT 10A @ 240 Vac/30 Vdc,

1/2 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NO contacts)

1/3 hp @ 120/240 Vac (NC contacts)

B300 and R300; AC-15 and DC-13

Life

Mechanical

Full load

2,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

V7-T3-188

Wiring Diagram

Wiring for 8-Pin Units

(DC)+

L1

4 5

3

2

1 8

6

7

−(DC)

L2

Input Voltage

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

TMR6

2.40

(61.0)

1.70

(43.2)

2.90 (73.7)

3.50 (88.9)

D3PA2 Socket

6–32 x 0.312 Combination

Head Screw and Pressure Clamping Plate

(8 places)

2.14

(54.3)

2.03

(51.6)

Two 0.165

(4.2) Dia.

Slots

1.30

(33.0)

1.60

(40.6)

Max.

Tolerances: ± 0.010

± (0.25)

Unless Otherwise Shown

0.97

(24.6)

Max.

0.82 (20.8)

0.58 (14.7)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3.8

TMRP Series

Contents

Description

Universal TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TR Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR5 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMR6 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

TMRP Series

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-176

V7-T3-180

V7-T3-183

V7-T3-187

V7-T3-190

V7-T3-190

V7-T3-191

V7-T3-191

TMRP Series

Product Description

Eaton’s TMRP Series timers combine flexibility with ease of use and installation to make the most versatile timer in our offering. The thumbwheel setting design allows for quick selection and review of up to 10 timing functions and seven timing ranges. The

TMRP units can be mounted in a 1/16 DIN cutout or on a

DIN rail with our D3 series sockets. Input voltage is 12–

240 Vac/Vdc to work with all popular control voltages.

Application Description

A timing relay is a simple form of time-based control, allowing the user to open or close the contacts based on a specified timing function.

The TMRP series is equipped with a set of thumb-wheel style selector switches, which can easily be set to a specific function and time, thereby reducing the number of product variations required.

The universal input voltage of 12–240 Vac/Vdc further reduces the number of product variations.

The TMRP timers are ideal for high-variability operations, such as systems integrators, distributors, and small equipment manufacturers. The flexible enclosure design allows for back-panel mounting, through-panel mounting, or

DIN rail mounting.

Features

Multiple user-selectable timing functions and timing ranges in a single unit reduce product variations and stock keeping units

(SKUs)

Universal input voltages from 12–240 Vac/Vdc eliminate the need to order and stock separate coil voltages

Timing ranges up to 9990 hours

Dual LED indication makes troubleshooting easy

LED Indicator

LED Description

Solid green “Input”

Solid red “Output”

Slowly flashing red “Output”

Rapidly flashing red “Output”

Flexible design for backpanel, through-panel

(45 mm x 45 mm cutout), or DIN rail mounting

SPDT or DPDT contacts with 12A ratings

Plastic dust cover keeps out contaminants and eliminates accidental set point changes

Use with standard Eaton

D3 sockets—see Technical

Data and Specifications

Function

Supply voltage present

Relay energized

Timing cycle activated, relay not energized

Timing cycle activated, relay energized

Standards and Certifications

UL recognized

CE marked

RoHS compliant

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-189

3.8

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

TMRP5100

TMRP Timing Relays

Description Supply Voltage

10-Function

12–240 Vac/Vdc Control switch trigger, DPDT

Control switch trigger, SPDT

Power trigger, DPDT

Catalog

Number

TMRP5100

TMRP5101

TMRP5102

Technical Data and Specifications

TMRP Timing Relays

Description

Functions 1

Time range

Input

Supply voltage

Supply voltage tolerance

Rated consumption

Reset time

Reverse polarity protection

Operate time

Release time

Rated surge voltage

Output

Contact configuration

Contact rating (AC)

Contact rating (DC)

Contact rating horsepower

Contact rating pilot duty

Minimum load

Contact material

Contact resistance

Mechanical life—full load

Electrical life—full load

Control Signal

Minimum control pulse length

Accuracy

Repetition accuracy

Physical

Ambient temperature

Storage temperature

Mounting

TMRP5100

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

0.1 sec to 9,990 hours

12–240 Vac/Vdc

±15%

2.5 VA (2W) maximum

150 ms

Yes

25 ms maximum

25 ms maximum

4 kV

DPDT

12A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508

12A resistive at 30 UL 508

1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac

A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac

12V/100 mA

Silver-nickel 90/10

100 milliohms max. at 1A 12 Vdc

10 million operations

100,000 operations

50 ms minimum

0.10% at constant voltage and temperature

–10 to 55°C

–40 to 85°C

Use with D3PA3 socket

Note

1

Refer to Function Code Cross-Reference Guide on

Page V7-T3-171

for function details.

TMRP5101

A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J

0.1 sec to 9,990 hours

12–240 Vac/Vdc

±15%

2.5 VA (2W) maximum

150 ms

Yes

25 ms maximum

25 ms maximum

4 kV

SPDT

12A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508

12A resistive at 30 UL 508

1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac

A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac

12V/100 mA

Silver-nickel 90/10

100 milliohms max. at 1A 12 Vdc

10 million operations

100,000 operations

50 ms minimum

0.10% at constant voltage and temperature

–10 to 55°C

–40 to 85°C

Use with D3PA2 socket

TMRP5102

A, B, C

0.1 sec to 9,990 hours

12–240 Vac/Vdc

±15%

2.5 VA (2W) maximum

150 ms

Yes

25 ms maximum

25 ms maximum

4 kV

DPDT

12A resistive at 120, 240 UL 508

12A resistive at 30 UL 508

1/2 at 120 Vac, 1 at 240 Vac

A300, 720 VA at 240 Vac

12V/100 mA

Silver-nickel 90/10

100 milliohms max. at 1A 12 Vdc

10 million operations

100,000 operations

50 ms minimum

0.10% at constant voltage and temperature

–10 to 55°C

–40 to 85°C

Use with D3PA2 socket

V7-T3-190 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Timing Relays

Wiring Diagrams

TMRP5100

External Control Switch

5

3

4

2

1

6

7

8

11

10

9

INPUT

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

TMRP Series

TMRP5101

4 5

3

2

1 8

6

7

INPUT

1.88

(47.8)

1.88

(47.8)

FUNCTION

TIME

SET

A 0 0 0 S

OUTPUT

INPUT

TIME

BASE

0.06

(1.5)

0.25

(6.4)

TMRP5102

4

3

2

1

5

8

6

7

INPUT

2.83

(71.9)

3.15

(80.0)

0.64

(16.3)

4

5

2

1

8

7

1.76

(44.7)

R.045

8-Pin Octal Base

5

6

7

2

1

11

10

9

11-Pin Octal Base

3.8

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-191

3.9

Control Relays and Timers

Alternating Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

Product Description

Alternating relays are used in applications where the optimization of load usage is required by equalizing the run time of two loads. They are also used where additional capacity is required in case of excess load requirements.

This alternating action is initiated by a control switch— such as a float switch, manual switch, timing relay, pressure switch or other isolated contact. Each time the initiating switch is opened, the output relay contacts will change state, thus alternating the two loads. Two LED indicators show the status of the output relay.

The D851 and D852 Series

Relays are used with one control switch and are available in either SPDT or

DPDT output configurations with or without a selector switch to lock in one sequence. The D852X Series

Relays are available in DPDT cross-wired output configurations for use with one or two control switches

(LEAD and LAG).

The D853 Series is designed for use with three-switch applications (LEAD, LAG and

STOP). The D853 Series combines a standard DPDT

Cross-Wired alternating relay, contactor auxiliary contacts, and a control relay into one compact and economical product. This saves space and labor, while reducing the number of components needed. The D853 Series uses Sequence On–

Simultaneous Off (S.O.S.O.) operation, where the two loads are energized sequentially, but remain on together until the STOP switch is opened. This device also protects against failure of the STOP and LEAD switches. If both switches fail, the two pump motors will be energized simultaneously when the LAG switch is closed.

Contents

Description

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-193

V7-T3-193

V7-T3-194

V7-T3-194

V7-T3-196

Each of the D85 Series alternating relays is available with an optional threeposition selector switch, which allows the unit to alternate the two loads as normal, or lock the relay to one load or the other. By locking the alternating relay to one load, the other load can be removed for service without rewiring the first load for continuous operation. The selector switch has a low profile to prevent any accidental actuation.

Features

For duplex loads

Works with one-, two-, or three-switch applications

Compact plug-in design using industry standard sockets

10A SPDT or DPDT output configurations

Optional low profile selector switch to lock in one sequence

Two LEDs indicate relay status

D853 Series replaces separate components in duplex panel—saving space and reducing labor

Standards and

Certifications

CE cRUus

UL listed

1

RoHS compliant

Note

1 When used with appropriate Eaton socket.

V7-T3-192 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Alternating Relays

Product Selection

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

1

Output Contacts

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT

SPDT w/selector switch

SPDT w/selector switch

SPDT w/selector switch

SPDT w/selector switch

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT

DPDT w/selector switch

DPDT w/selector switch

DPDT w/selector switch

DPDT w/selector switch

DPDT cross-wired

DPDT cross-wired

DPDT cross-wired

DPDT cross-wired

DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch

DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch

DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch

DPDT cross-wired w/selector switch

Accessories

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

Description

Standard

Pack

Catalog

Number

8-pin socket

11-pin socket

Hold-down spring

10

10

10

D3PA2

D3PA3-A2

D65CHDS

Note

1

Contact Eaton for relays for 3-switch applications (Lead-Lag-Stop).

Control

Voltage

240 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

240 Vac

12 Vac

24 Vac

120 Vac

Socket

11-pin

11-pin

11-pin

11-pin

11-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

11-pin

11-pin

11-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

8-pin

Catalog

Number

D852NB

D852LR

D852LT

D852LA

D852LB

D852XNR

D852XNT

D852XNA

D852XNB

D852XLR

D852XLT

D852XLA

D852XLB

D851NT

D851NA

D851NB

D851LR

D851LT

D851LA

D851LB

D852NR

D852NT

D852NA

3.9

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-193

3.9

Control Relays and Timers

Alternating Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Technical Data and Specifications

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

Description Specification

Voltage tolerance

Load (burden)

Output contacts

Mechanical life

Electrical life

Temperature

Transient protection

Indicator LEDs

Optional selector switch settings

+10%/-15% of control voltage at 50/60 Hz

Less than 3 VA

10A resistive at 240 Vac / 30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 120/240 Vac (NO), 1/3 hp at 120/240 Vac (NC)

10,000,000 operations

100,000 operations

–20° to 150°F (–28° to 65°C)

10,000 volts for 20 microseconds

2 LEDs marked LOAD A and LOAD B

ALTERNATE, LOCK LOAD A, LOCK LOAD B

Wiring Diagrams

D851 Series Relays, SPDT D852 Series Relays, DPDT D852X Series Relays,

DPDT Cross-Wired

Input

Voltage

L1 L2

L2

Input

Voltage

L1

3

4

5

6

2

1 8

7

Control

Switch

Load A: Pin 2

Load B: Pin 8

L1

Input

Voltage

Control

Switch

4

5

3

2

6

1 11

7

8

9

10

Load A: Pins 3 or 11

Load B: Pins 1 or 9

L2

Lag

4 5

3

2

1 8

6

7

Lead

Load

B

Load

A

Typical Installations for SPDT and DPDT Alternating Relays,

Standard Installation

L1 L2

Control

Switch

1

5

4

SPDT

In the OFF state (standard installation), the control switch is open, the alternating relay is in the

LOAD A position, and both loads (M1 and M2) are off.

When the control switch closes, it energizes the first load (M1). The red LED marked “LOAD A” glows. As long as the control switch remains closed, M1 remains energized.

2

8

3

M1

M2

O/L

O/L

When the control switch opens, the first load (M1) is turned off and the alternating relay toggles to the LOAD B position. When the control switch closes again, it energizes the second load

(M2). The red LED marked

“LOAD B” glows.

D853 Series Relays,

Three-Switch Applications

L1

Input Voltage

Stop

L2

Lag

4 5

3

2

1 8

6

7

Lead

Load

B

Load

A

Typical Installations for SPDT and DPDT Alternating Relays,

Anti-Bounce Installation

L1 L2

M2

M2

M1

M1

SPDT

1

Off

Control

Switch

5

4

2

8

3

When the control switch opens, the second load (M2) is turned off, the alternating relay toggles back to the

LOAD A position, and the process can be repeated again. On relays with DPDT contacts, two pilot lights can be used for remote indication of LOAD A or LOAD B status.

To eliminate any bounce condition of the control switch, the addition of a second switch (OFF) along with two auxiliary contacts is recommended as shown in the Anti-Bounce Installation.

V7-T3-194 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Alternating Relays

3.9

Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Alternating

Relays, Standard Installation

L1

Lag

Lead

2

1

Cross-Wired

8 M1

7 M2

O/L

O/L

L2

Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Alternating

Relays, Anti-Bounce Installation

L1

L2

M2

M2

M1

Cross-Wired

M1

Lag

2

8

Off

Lead

1

7

3

6

3 6

In the OFF state, both the LEAD control switch and the LAG control switch are open, the alternating relay is in the LOAD A position, and both loads are off. When the LEAD control switch closes, it energizes the first load (M1). The red LED marked

“LOAD A” glows. As long as the LEAD control switch remains closed, M1 remains energized. If the LAG control switch closes, it energizes the second load (M2).

When the LAG control switch opens, the second load (M2) is turned off. When the LEAD control switch opens, the first load

(M1) is turned off and the alternating relay toggles to the LOAD

B position.

When the LEAD control switch closes, it turns on the second load (M2). The red LED marked “LOAD B” glows. If the LAG control switch closes, it will energize the first load (M1). When the LAG control switch opens, the first load (M1) is turned off.

When the LEAD control switch opens, the second load (M2) is turned off, the alternating relay toggles back to the LOAD A position, and the process can be repeated again.

To eliminate any bounce condition of the control switch, the addition of a second switch (OFF) along with two auxiliary contacts is recommended as shown in the Anti-Bounce

Installation.

Typical Installations for DPDT Cross-Wired Relays for Three-Switch Applications

M1

Lag

Switch

L1

L2

M1

Motor

1

Lead

Switch

M1

L3

Stop

Switch

M2

L1

M2

L2

Motor

2

L1

M2

L2

L3

2

1

4

3

6

8 M1

7

M2

O/L

O/L

In the OFF state, all three switches are open, the alternating relay is in the LOAD A position, and both loads are off. No action happens with the alternating relay or either load when the STOP switch closes. When the LEAD switch closes, Load #1 (M1) turns on. When the LAG switch closes, Load #2 (M2) turns on. Both loads remain on as long as all three switches are closed.

When the LAG switch opens, Load #2 (M2) remains on because the STOP switch is still closed. When the LEAD switch opens,

Load #1 (M1) remains on because the STOP switch is still closed. When the STOP switch opens, both Load #1 (M1) and

Load #2 (M2) are turned off simultaneously.

The alternating relay toggles to the LOAD B position. The entire cycle is then repeated, but with Load #2 (M2) energized first followed by Load #1 (M1). This type of operation is known as

“Sequence On–Simultaneously Off (S.O.S.O.)”—the two loads are energized sequentially, but remain on together until the

STOP switch is opened.

If both the STOP switch and LEAD switch fail to close and turn on the first load, both loads will be turned on simultaneously when the LAG switch is closed.

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-195

3.9

Control Relays and Timers

Alternating Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

2.4

(60)

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

D85 Series—Alternating Relays

1.7

(43)

V7-T3-196

2.9

(74)

3.1

(79)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3.10

Safety Relays

Contents

Description

Safety Relays

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-198

V7-T3-199

V7-T3-202

Product Description

Safety relays are intended to reliably monitor the signals from safety devices at all times and switch off quickly and reliably in an emergency.

Single-channel and dual channel versions are available for the construction of safety applications. The internal logic of the safety relays monitors the safety circuits

(emergency stop, guard door, and so on) and activates the enable paths in a fault-free condition. Upon actuation of the safety device or in the even of a fault, the enable paths are switched off. Any faults that occur in the control circuit, such as ground fault, cross connection fault or wire breakage are also detected.

Application Description

Eaton’s ESR5 safety relays provide optimal safety and a high degree of reliability on plant machinery. Applications that meet the highest safety requirements in accordance with EN 954-1,

EN ISO 13849-1 up to PL e and accordance with

IEC 62061 up to SILCL 3 can be realized with the

ESR5 safety relay.

Compatible with a wide variety of safety devices:

Emergency stops

Rope pulls

Two-hand control stations

Light curtain (OSSD)

Gate enable device

Safety switches

Features

Use for the highest safety requirements in accordance with EN 954-1

EN ISO 13849-1,

IEC 62061 and EC 61508

Suitable for the world market with UL, cUL certifications and TÜV

Rhineland functional safety certifications

Applicable for EN 60204 stop categories 0 or 1

Plug-in screw terminals for fast and fault-free replacement

Multi-voltage versions

(24–230 Vac/Vdc) for a flexible range of application

Delayed and non-delayed contact expansions accommodate a wide variety of applications

Standards and

Certifications

UL 508; CSA-C22.2 No

14-95; CE Marked

UL/cUL file number:

E29184

Degree of protection: IP20

TÜV Rhineland certified

UL/cULus listed

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-197

3.10

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection

Safety Relays

Technical Overview

Single

Channel

Dual

Channel

Safety

Output (NO)

4

2

3

3

3

■ 2

■ 2

■ —

5

4

2

Safety

Output (NO)

(Delayed)

Output

Delay

0.1–30s

0.3–3s

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

Signal

Output

(NC)

Feedback

Output

Control

Voltage

1

1

24 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

230 Vac

24–230 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

Removable

Terminal

Blocks

Type of

Unit

Main

■ Main

■ Main

■ Main

Main

■ Main

■ Main

■ Expansion

Expansion

Catalog Number

ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-230VAC

ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC

ESR5-NV3-30

ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC

ESR5-VE3-42

Application Overview

Emergency

Stop

Safety

Switches

Light Curtain/

OSSD

1

Two-Hand Control

(EN 574 Type III C)

Contact

Expansion

Off-Delayed

Cross Circuit

Recognition

Monitored

Manual Reset

2

Catalog Number

ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-230VAC

ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC

ESR5-NV3-30

ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC

ESR5-VE3-42

Application Overview, continued

Single

Channel

Dual

Channel

Stop Category

EN 60204

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0/1

1

4

4

3

4

4

2

4

4

4

Control Category to EN 954-1

Notes

1

Laser scanners or light curtains with OSSD outputs.

2 All main units can also be reset automatically or manually.

Achievable PL per

ISO 13849-1

PL d

PL e

PL e

PL e

PL e

PL e

PL e

PL e

PL d

Achievable SIL per

EN IEC 62061

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 3

SIL 2

Catalog Number

ESR5-NO-41-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NO-31-230VAC

ESR5-NO-31-AC-DC

ESR5-NV3-30

ESR5-NZ-21-24VAC-DC

ESR5-NE-51-24VAC-DC

ESR5-VE3-42

V7-T3-198 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3.10

Technical Data and Specifications

Safety Relay

Description

General

Standards

Unit

Type-dependent standards

Lifespan, mechanical—c (contacts)

Maximum operating frequency

Climatic proofing

Ambient temperature

Ambient temperature storage

Mounting position

Vibration resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)

Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27)

Protection type

Housing

Terminals

Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 0106 Part 100)

Weight

Terminal capacity

Solid or flexible

Flexible with ferrule

Solid or stranded

Terminal screw

Pozidriv screwdriver

Flat-blade screwdriver

Max. tightening torque

Main Contacts

Rated impulse withstand voltage—U imp

Overvoltage category/pollution degree

Outside

Inside

Rated insulation voltage—U i

Rated operating voltage—U e

Rated operation current

AC-15

230V (360 ops./h)—I e

230V (3600 ops./h)—I e

DC-13

24V (360 ops./h)—I e

24V (3600 ops./h)—I e

Max. summation current of all poles

24 Vac/Vdc devices

230 Vac devices

Square of the total current

(and total current) of all current paths

Short-circuit protection

Max. fuse x 10

6

Ops/h

°F (°C)

°F (°C) kg mm

2 mm

2

AWG

Size mm

Nm

Vac

A

A

A

A

A

A

Vac

Vac

A gG/gL

ESR5-NO-21_ ESR5-NZ-21_

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

10

3600

Cold according to

EN 60068-2-1, dry heat according to EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to

EN 60068-2-3

–4° to 131° (–20° to 55°)

–13° to 167° (–25° to 75°)

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

10

3600

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

–4° to 131° (–20° to 55°)

–13° to 167° (–25° to 75°)

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

10

3600

Cold according to

EN 60068-2-1, dry heat according to EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to

EN 60068-2-3

–4° to 131° (–20° to 55°)

–13° to 167° (–25° to 75°)

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN 574 Part no. IIIC

10

3600

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

–4° to 131° (–20° to 55°)

–13° to 167° (–25° to 75°)

Any

2 g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.17

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.22

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.17

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.22

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

6000

5

3

6

3

III/2

250

230

72

72 A

2

(6 + 6)

10

ESR5-NO-41_

4000

4

3

III/2

250

230

4

2.5

72

72 A

2

(4.2 + 4.2 + 4.2 + 4.2)

6

ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC

4000

5

3

6

3

III/2

250

230

72

72 A

2

(4.9 + 4.9 + 4.9)

10

6000

4

3

III/2

250

230

4

2.5

72

72 A

2

(6 + 6)

6

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-199

3.10

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Safety Relay, continued

Description

Power Supply Circuit

Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz

Actuating voltage—U s

Voltage tolerance pick-up voltage

Power consumption

AC operated 50/60 Hz

AC operated 50/60 Hz

DC operated

Fuse for control circuit supply

24V

115/230V

Control Circuit

Rated output voltage

Rated operational current

Resistance—R

Short-circuit current

Response time

Recovery time

Response time with reset monitoring—t

A1

Response time without reset monitoring—t

A2

Reset time—t

R

/t

R1

Unit

Vdc mA

Minimum on duration—t

M

Recovery time—t

W

Synchronous monitoring time—t

S

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference

Interference immunity ms ms ms

VA

W

W

Vac

Vdc x e

A ms ms ms ms ms

V7-T3-200

ESR5-NO-21_ ESR5-NO-41_ ESR5-NO-31-24VAC-DC ESR5-NZ-21_

3.4

1.6

24

24

0.85–1.1

Short-circuit proof

24

S12, S22: 30, S34: 45

50

2.3

100

100

Single-channel 45; dual-channel 10

Approx. 1000

24

24

0.85–1.1

3.4

1.6

Short-circuit proof

24

S12: 65, S34: 40

22

2.3

65

65

45

Approx. 1000

24

24

0.85–1.1

3.4

1.6

Short-circuit proof

24

S12, S22: 30, S34: 45

50

2.3

100

100

Single-channel 45; dual-channel 10

Approx. 1000

EN 61000-6-4

According to EN 61000-6-2,

EN 62061

EN 61000-6-4

According to EN 61000-6-2

EN 61000-6-4

According to EN 61000-6-2,

EN 62061

EN 61000-6-4

According to EN 61000-6-2

3

1.5

24

24

0.85–1.1

Short-circuit proof

50

20

24

S11, S21: 60, Y2: 45

22

2.3

50

Approx. 1000

500

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3.10

Safety Relay, continued

Description

General

Standards

Unit ESR5-NO-31-230VAC

ESR5-NO-31-24V-

230VAC-DC ESR5-NV3_ ESR5-VE3_ ESR5-NE-51_

Type-dependent standards

Lifespan, mechanical—c (contacts)

Maximum operating frequency

Climatic proofing x 10

6

Ops/h

Ambient temperature

Ambient temperature storage

Mounting position

Vibration resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)

°F (°C)

°F (°C)

Shock resistance (IEC 60068-2-27)

Protection type

Housing

Terminals

Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 0106 Part 100)

Weight

Terminal capacity

Solid or flexible kg mm

2

Flexible with ferrule mm

2

Solid or stranded

Terminal screw

Pozidriv screwdriver

Flat-blade screwdriver

Max. tightening torque

Main Contacts

Rated impulse withstand voltage—U imp

Overvoltage category/pollution degree

Outside

Inside

Rated insulation voltage—U i

Rated operating voltage—U e

Rated operation current

AC-15

230V (360 ops./h)—I e

230V (3600 ops./h)—I e

DC-13

24V (360 ops./h)—I e

24V (3600 ops./h)—I e

Max. summation current of all poles

24 Vac/Vdc devices

230 Vac devices

Square of the total current

(and total current) of all current paths

Short-circuit protection

Max. fuse

AWG

Size mm

Nm

Vac

Vac

Vac

A

A

A

A

A

A

A gG/gL

4

3

6

6000

III/2

250

230

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN ISO 13849-1, IEC 62061,

IEC 61508, DIN EN 50178,

UL/CUL listed

EN 60204

(if applicable)

EN 60204

(if applicable)

EN 60204

(if applicable)

— —

10

3600

10

3600

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

10

3600

10

900

Cold in accordance with:

EN 60068-2-1, dry heat in accordance with EN

60068-2-2, humidity storage test in accordance with 60068-2-78

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

10

3600

Dry heat according to

EN60068-2-2, damp heat according to EN 60068-2-3

–4° to 131° (–20° to 55°) –4° to 131° (–20° to 55°) –4° to 113° (–20° to 45°) –4° to 131° (–20° to 55°) –4° to 131° (–20° to 55°)

–13° to 167° (–25° to 75°) –13° to 167° (–25° to 75°) –13° to 167° (–25° to 75°) –13° to 167° (–25° to 75°) –13° to 167° (–25° to 75°)

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

Any

2g, frequency: 10–150 Hz, amplitude: 0.15 mm

— — — — —

IP40

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.3

IP40

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.3

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.17

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.17

IP20

IP20

Finger- and back-of-hand proof

0.22

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

1 x (0.2–2.5)

2 x (0.2–1)

1 x (0.25–2.5)

2 x (0.25–1)

24–12

2

0.6 x 3.5

0.6

4

2.5

50

50

50 A

2

(4 + 4 + 4)

6000

III/2

250

230

4

3

4

2.5

50

50

50 A

2

(4 + 4 + 4)

6

4000

III/2

250

230

3

3

49

50 A

2

(4 + 4 + 4)

10

4000

III/2

250

230

5

3

6

3

50

49 A

2

(3.5 + 3.5 + 3.5 + 3.5)

10

4000

III/2

250

230

4

3

4

2.5

50

50 A

2

(3.7 + 3.7 + 3.7 + 3.7

+ 3.7)

6

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-201

3.10

Control Relays and Timers

Safety Relays

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Safety Relay, continued

Description

Power Supply Circuit

Actuating voltage 50/60 Hz

Actuating voltage—U s

Voltage tolerance pick-up voltage

Power consumption

AC operated 50/60 Hz

AC operated 50/60 Hz

DC operated

Fuse for control circuit supply

24V

115/230V

Control Circuit

Rated output voltage

Rated operational current

Resistance—R

Short-circuit current

Response time

Recovery time

Response time with reset monitoring—t

A1

Response time without reset monitoring—t

A2

Reset time—t

R

/t

R1

Unit

Vdc mA

A ms ms ms ms ms

VA

W

W

Vac

Vdc x e

Minimum on duration—t

M

Recovery time—t

W ms ms

Synchronous monitoring time—t

S ms

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference

Interference immunity

3.26

(82.8)

2.62

(66.5)

0.26

(6.6)

3.74

(95.1)

ESR5-NO-31-230VAC

ESR5-NO-31-24V-

230VAC-DC

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

Safety Relays, Contact Expansion Modules

ESR5_ 24 Vac/Vdc

0.88

(22.5)

4.51

(114.5)

ESR5-VE3_

5.8

2.9

230

0.85–1.1

Short-circuit proof

24–230

230

0.85–1.1

5.8

2.9

Short-circuit proof

Short-circuit proof

24

0.85–1.1

1.8

24

0.85–1.1

2

24

S10, S12, S22: 35, S34,

S35: 45

11

0.7

250

60

250

20

Approx. 1000

24

S10, S12, S22: 35, S34,

S35: 45

11

0.7

250

60

24

S12, S22: 3.5, S34, S35: 7

500

0.1

150

150

24

A1, A2: 84, K1/K2: 5

20

20

250

20

Approx. 1000

150 20

20 (non-delayed enable paths); 100 (min. delayed enable paths)

Approx. 330

0.3–3 s (+50%) adjustable

Approx. 1000

EN 61000-6-4

According to

EN 61000-6-2

EN 61000-6-4

According to

EN 61000-6-2

EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-4

According to EN 61000-6-2,

EN 62061

According to

EN 61000-6-2

3.06

(77.6)

3.90

(99.0)

ESR5-NV3_

ESR5_ 230 Vac

1.77

(45.0)

3.26

(82.8)

2.62

(66.5)

0.26

(6.6)

4.51

(114.5)

3.74

(95.1)

EN 61000-6-4

According to

EN 61000-6-2

3.06

(77.6)

3.90

(99.0)

ESR5-NE-51_

2.2

2.2

24

24

0.8–1.1

20

20

24

A1, A2: 92

20

20

V7-T3-202 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3.11

easySafety

Contents

Description

easySafety

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

V7-T3-204

V7-T3-204

V7-T3-205

V7-T3-208

Product Description

The easySafety control relay for safety-related applications monitors all commonly used safety devices and also takes over the required control tasks for the machine. Packed with a host of conventional safety relays in the form of safety function blocks, easySafety not only features integrated safety functions but also standard functions in a single device—all in one.

In addition to the safety circuit diagram containing the safety configuration, the safety control relay also contains a standard circuit diagram. This circuit diagram can be used for standard tasks, such as the processing of diagnostics signals or general control tasks of a machine.

Application Description

Because of the large number of safety function blocks, the user can tackle a large number of application options with only one device. The user can also respond directly to future and changing application requirements.

This saves financial resources and offers future investment security. Last but not least, it reduces the stock-keeping required for special safety relays. The easySafety meets the requirements of

Category 4 to EN 954‐1, PL e to EN ISO 13849‐1, SILCL 3 to EN IEC 62061 and SIL 3 to

EN IEC 61508. With easySafety, it is possible to implement applications meeting the most stringent safety requirements.

Safety function blocks:

Emergency stop

Guard door monitoring with and without interlock/ guard locking

Two-hand control (EN 574)

Electro-sensitive protective devices (light curtains)

Light curtain muting

Enable switch

Start device

Operating mode selector

Safety timing relay

Overspeed monitoring

Feedback loop monitoring

(EDM)

Zero speed monitoring

Features

All-in-one: Safety and control functions combined in one device

Simple configuration through prefabricated and tested safety components

Direct state display and increased machine availability due to fast error diagnosis through integrated display

Multistep password concept prevents unwanted manipulation

Standards and

Certifications

Product standards:

CE marked; UL 508;

CSA C22.20.4-04;

CSA 22.2 No. 142-MI1987

UL CCN: NRAQ

CSA File No. 012528

CSA Class No. 2252-81 and 2252-01

TÜV Rhineland certified

Degree of Protection IEC:

IP20

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-203

3.11

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Product Selection easySafety

14

14

14

14

easySafety Relays

1

Inputs (Safety)

Digital

Outputs

(Safety)

6A Relay

4

4

1 (redundant)

1 (redundant)

4

4

Outputs

(Safety)

Transistor

Accessories easySoft

Programming Software

Description Catalog Number

easySoft-Safety

(including easySoftPro) 2

ESP-SOFT

SUB-D Cable

USB Cable

Programming Cables

Description

SUB-D, nine-pole, serial, 2m

Catalog Number

EASY800-PC-CAB

USB, 2m

EASY800-USB-CAB

4

4

4

4

Outputs

(Safety)

Test Signal

Display +

Keypad

Yes

Yes

Catalog Number

ES4P-221-DMXX1

ES4P-221-DMXD1

ES4P-221-DRXX1

ES4P-221-DRXD1

Memory Card

Memory Card

Description

256 kB module

Catalog Number

ES4A-MEM-CARD1

Input/Output Simulator

Input/Output Simulator

Description Catalog Number

With plug-in power supply unit

100–240 Vac/24 Vdc

ES4A-221-DMX-SIM

Notes

1

2

EN 954-1: 1996, Category 4.

EN ISO 13849-1: 2006, PL e (Performance Level).

IEC 61508: 1998, SIL 3 (Safety Integrity Level).

IEC 62061: 2005, SILCL 3 (Safety Integrity Level Claim Limit).

Expandable: standard inputs/outputs and standard bus systems.

24 Vdc supply voltage.

Operating systems:

Windows

®

2000 SP4, Windows XP SP1, Windows Vista (32 bit).

V7-T3-204 Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3.11

Technical Data and Specifications easySafety Relay

Description

General

Standards

Unit ES4P_

Dimensions (W x H x D)

Mounting

Times

Inputs

Maximum duration of external test pulse mm ms

Semi-conductor output

Off test pulse

Switch-off delay ms ms

Terminal Capacity

Solid mm

2

Flexible with ferrule mm

2

Standard screwdriver

Maximum tightening torque mm

Nm

Ambient Climatic Conditions

Operating ambient temperature

Condensation

LCD display (clearly legible)

°C

°C

Relative humidity, noncondensing (IEC/EN 60068-2-30)

Air pressure (in operation)

Ambient Mechanical Conditions

Protection type, IEC/EN 60529

Vibrations (IEC/EN 60068-2-6)

Constant amplitude 0.15 mm

Constant acceleration, 2g

Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) semi-sinusoidal 15g/11 ms

Drop to IEC/EN 60068-2-31

Mounting position

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) According to IEC/EN 61000-6-2

Electrostatic discharge (IEC/EN 61000-4-2, Level 3, ESD)

Air discharge

Contact discharge

Radio interference suppression (EN 55011)

Power pulses (surge) (IEC/EN 61000-4-5, Level 2)

Insulation Resistance

Overvoltage category/pollution degree

Clearance in air and creepage distances

Insulation resistance

Backup/Accuracy of the Real-Time Clock

Accuracy of the real-time clock

Repetition Accuracy of Timing Relays in

Standard Circuit

Accuracy of timing relay (of value)

Resolution

Range “S”

Range “M:S”

Retentive Memory

Write cycles of the retentive memory (minimum)

Drop

% hPa

Hz

Hz mm kV kV kV s/day

% ms s

EN 55011, EN 55022, IEC/EN 61000-4, IEC 60068-2-6,

IEC 60068-2-27, EN 954-1: Category 4,

EN ISO 13849-1: PL e, EN IEC 62061: SILCL 3, EN IEC 61508: SIL 3

107.5 (6 space units) x 90 x 72

Top-hat rail IEC/EN 60715, 35 mm or screw fixing using fixing brackets ZB4-101-GF1 (accessories)

1

<1

<0.15

3.5 x 0.8

0.6

–25 to +55, low temperatures to IEC 60068-2-1, high temperatures to IEC 60068-2-2

Prevent condensation by means of suitable measures

0 to +55

5 to 95

795 to 1080

IP20

10 to 57

57 to 150

Shocks 18

50

Horizontal/vertical

8

6

EN 55011 Class B, EN 55022 Class B

1 (supply cables, symmetrical)

III/2

EN 50178, UL 508, CSA C22.2, No. 142, EN 60664-1:2003

EN 50178

Normally ±5 (±0.5 h/year)

±0.02

5

1

10,000,000,000 (1010) (read/write cycles)

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-205

3.11

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3 easySafety Relay, continued

Description

Power Supply

Rated operational voltage

Permissible range

Ripple

Interfaces

EASYNet (CAN-based)

Bus termination (first and last station)

Control operating mode EASYNet

Number of users

NET Network

Data transfer rate/distance

Potential isolation

From power supply

From the inputs

From the outputs

From the PC interface, memory card, NET network, EASYLink

Bus termination (first and last station)

Terminal type

Digital Inputs 24 Vdc

Number

Inputs can be used as analog inputs

Status display

Potential isolation

From power supply

Between digital inputs

From the outputs

From PC interface, memory card, EASYLink

From network EASYNet

Rated operational voltage

At signal “0”

At signal “1”

Clock Outputs

Number

Voltage

Electrical isolation

V7-T3-206

U e

Unit ES4P_

V

Vdc

24 Vdc (–15/+20%)

20.4 to 28.8

% 5

Yes

Maximum 8

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

RJ45

1000 Kbit/s, 6m

500 Kbit/s, 25m

250 Kbit/s, 60m

125 Kbit/s, 125m

50 Kbit/s, 300m

20 Kbit/s, 700m

10 Kbit/s, 1000m

Bus lengths greater than 40m can only be achieved with enhanced cross-section conductors and terminal adapters

14

LCD display (if provided)

No

Yes

U e

Vdc 24

U e

Vdc <5

U e

Vdc >15

No

Yes

No

Vdc

4

24

No

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3.11

easySafety Relay, continued

Description

Relay Outputs

Number

Outputs in groups of

Parallel switching of outputs to increase power

Protection of an output relay

Potential isolation

From power supply

From the inputs

From PC interface, memory card, EASYNet, EASYLink

Safe isolation according to EN 50178

Basic insulation

Lifespan, mechanical

Contacts

Conventional thermal current

Rated impulse withstand voltage U imp

contact coil

Rated operational voltage

Rated insulation voltage

Safe isolation to EN 50178 between coil and contact

Making capacity

AC-15, 230 Vac, 3A

DC-13, 24 Vdc, 5A, 0.1 Hz

Switching frequency

Mechanical operations

Switching frequency

UL/CSA

UL 508

Transistor Outputs

Number

Rated operational voltage

Permissible range

Ripple

Protection against polarity reversal

Unit ES4P_

Operations

Yes

Yes

Yes

300 Vac

Vac 600 x 10

6

10

A kV

6

6

U e

Vac 250

U i

Vac 300

Operations

Operations

4 for ES4P-…-DR_, 1 redundant for ES4P-…-DM_

1

Not permissible

Fuse: 6A gG, circuit breaker with characteristic C: 24 Vdc 4A, Short-circuit current <250A

80,000

40,000 x 10

6

10

Hz 10

B300/R300

Potential isolation

From power supply

From the inputs

From PC interface, memory card, network, EASYNet, EASYLink

Rated operational current at signal “1” DC

At signal “1” with I e

= 0.5A

Short-circuit protection

Short-circuit tripping current for RA

Total short-circuit current

10 m ohms

Peak short-circuit current

Thermal cutout

Maximum operating frequency at constant resistive load RL <100 kO

(dependant on program and load)

Parallel connection of outputs

Status indication of the outputs

Inductive load

Without external suppressor circuit

Duty factor

I e

4

U e

Vdc 24

U e

Vdc 20.4–28.8

% 5

Yes (Caution: A short-circuit will result if 0V or GND is applied to the outputs in the event that the supply voltage is connected to the wrong poles.)

V

A

A

A

Yes

Yes

Yes

U = U e

–1 V

Yes, thermal

0.7

8

16

No

I e

Yes

Ops/h 40,000

2 per output

LCD display (if provided)

T

0.95

≈ 3 x T

0.65

= 3 x L/R T

0.95

= Time in ms, until 95% of the steady-state current has been reached

With external suppressor circuit

Utilization factor

Duty factor

Maximum switching frequency, maximum duty factor Operations g

% DF

1

100

Depending on the suppressor circuit

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

V7-T3-207

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3.11

Control Relays and Timers easySafety

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

3

Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

ESR5_

1.77

(45.0)

1.87 (47.5)

2.68 (68.0)

3.54

(90.0)

V7-T3-208

4.23 (107.5)

3.54

(90.0)

Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface and Connectivity Solutions

CA08100008E—June 2013 www.eaton.com

Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement